diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/classes')
144 files changed, 3638 insertions, 973 deletions
diff --git a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml index 71b0901b3d..3d01c60aea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ var ratio = inverse_lerp(20, 30, 27.5) # `ratio` is now 0.75. [/codeblock] - See also [method lerp] which performs the reverse of this operation, and [method range_lerp] to map a continuous series of values to another. + See also [method lerp] which performs the reverse of this operation, and [method remap] to map a continuous series of values to another. </description> </method> <method name="is_equal_approx"> @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ [codeblock] lerp(0, 4, 0.75) # Returns 3.0 [/codeblock] - See also [method inverse_lerp] which performs the reverse of this operation. To perform eased interpolation with [method lerp], combine it with [method ease] or [method smoothstep]. See also [method range_lerp] to map a continuous series of values to another. + See also [method inverse_lerp] which performs the reverse of this operation. To perform eased interpolation with [method lerp], combine it with [method ease] or [method smoothstep]. See also [method remap] to map a continuous series of values to another. [b]Note:[/b] For better type safety, you can use [method lerpf], [method Vector2.lerp], [method Vector3.lerp], [method Vector4.lerp], [method Color.lerp], [method Quaternion.slerp] or [method Basis.slerp] instead. </description> </method> @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] This method is called automatically when the project is run. If you need to fix the seed to have reproducible results, use [method seed] to initialize the random number generator. </description> </method> - <method name="range_lerp"> + <method name="remap"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="istart" type="float" /> @@ -896,9 +896,9 @@ <param index="3" name="ostart" type="float" /> <param index="4" name="ostop" type="float" /> <description> - Maps a [param value] from range [code][istart, istop][/code] to [code][ostart, ostop][/code]. See also [method lerp] and [method inverse_lerp]. If [param value] is outside [code][istart, istop][/code], then the resulting value will also be outside [code][ostart, ostop][/code]. Use [method clamp] on the result of [method range_lerp] if this is not desired. + Maps a [param value] from range [code][istart, istop][/code] to [code][ostart, ostop][/code]. See also [method lerp] and [method inverse_lerp]. If [param value] is outside [code][istart, istop][/code], then the resulting value will also be outside [code][ostart, ostop][/code]. Use [method clamp] on the result of [method remap] if this is not desired. [codeblock] - range_lerp(75, 0, 100, -1, 1) # Returns 0.5 + remap(75, 0, 100, -1, 1) # Returns 0.5 [/codeblock] For complex use cases where you need multiple ranges, consider using [Curve] or [Gradient] instead. </description> @@ -1275,8 +1275,8 @@ The [JavaClassWrapper] singleton. [b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on Android. </member> - <member name="JavaScript" type="JavaScript" setter="" getter=""> - The [JavaScript] singleton. + <member name="JavaScriptBridge" type="JavaScriptBridge" setter="" getter=""> + The [JavaScriptBridge] singleton. [b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on the Web platform. </member> <member name="Marshalls" type="Marshalls" setter="" getter=""> @@ -1302,9 +1302,15 @@ <member name="PhysicsServer2D" type="PhysicsServer2D" setter="" getter=""> The [PhysicsServer2D] singleton. </member> + <member name="PhysicsServer2DManager" type="PhysicsServer2DManager" setter="" getter=""> + The [PhysicsServer2DManager] singleton. + </member> <member name="PhysicsServer3D" type="PhysicsServer3D" setter="" getter=""> The [PhysicsServer3D] singleton. </member> + <member name="PhysicsServer3DManager" type="PhysicsServer3DManager" setter="" getter=""> + The [PhysicsServer3DManager] singleton. + </member> <member name="ProjectSettings" type="ProjectSettings" setter="" getter=""> The [ProjectSettings] singleton. </member> @@ -1437,385 +1443,385 @@ <constant name="KEY_NONE" value="0" enum="Key"> Enum value which doesn't correspond to any key. This is used to initialize [enum Key] properties with a generic state. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SPECIAL" value="16777216" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_SPECIAL" value="4194304" enum="Key"> Keycodes with this bit applied are non-printable. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ESCAPE" value="16777217" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_ESCAPE" value="4194305" enum="Key"> Escape key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_TAB" value="16777218" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_TAB" value="4194306" enum="Key"> Tab key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BACKTAB" value="16777219" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_BACKTAB" value="4194307" enum="Key"> Shift + Tab key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BACKSPACE" value="16777220" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_BACKSPACE" value="4194308" enum="Key"> Backspace key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ENTER" value="16777221" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_ENTER" value="4194309" enum="Key"> Return key (on the main keyboard). </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_ENTER" value="16777222" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_ENTER" value="4194310" enum="Key"> Enter key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_INSERT" value="16777223" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_INSERT" value="4194311" enum="Key"> Insert key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DELETE" value="16777224" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_DELETE" value="4194312" enum="Key"> Delete key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PAUSE" value="16777225" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_PAUSE" value="4194313" enum="Key"> Pause key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PRINT" value="16777226" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_PRINT" value="4194314" enum="Key"> Print Screen key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SYSREQ" value="16777227" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_SYSREQ" value="4194315" enum="Key"> System Request key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CLEAR" value="16777228" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_CLEAR" value="4194316" enum="Key"> Clear key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HOME" value="16777229" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_HOME" value="4194317" enum="Key"> Home key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_END" value="16777230" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_END" value="4194318" enum="Key"> End key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LEFT" value="16777231" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LEFT" value="4194319" enum="Key"> Left arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UP" value="16777232" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_UP" value="4194320" enum="Key"> Up arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_RIGHT" value="16777233" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_RIGHT" value="4194321" enum="Key"> Right arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DOWN" value="16777234" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_DOWN" value="4194322" enum="Key"> Down arrow key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PAGEUP" value="16777235" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_PAGEUP" value="4194323" enum="Key"> Page Up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_PAGEDOWN" value="16777236" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_PAGEDOWN" value="4194324" enum="Key"> Page Down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SHIFT" value="16777237" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_SHIFT" value="4194325" enum="Key"> Shift key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CTRL" value="16777238" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_CTRL" value="4194326" enum="Key"> Control key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_META" value="16777239" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_META" value="4194327" enum="Key"> Meta key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_ALT" value="16777240" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_ALT" value="4194328" enum="Key"> Alt key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CAPSLOCK" value="16777241" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_CAPSLOCK" value="4194329" enum="Key"> Caps Lock key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_NUMLOCK" value="16777242" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_NUMLOCK" value="4194330" enum="Key"> Num Lock key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SCROLLLOCK" value="16777243" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_SCROLLLOCK" value="4194331" enum="Key"> Scroll Lock key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F1" value="16777244" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F1" value="4194332" enum="Key"> F1 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F2" value="16777245" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F2" value="4194333" enum="Key"> F2 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F3" value="16777246" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F3" value="4194334" enum="Key"> F3 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F4" value="16777247" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F4" value="4194335" enum="Key"> F4 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F5" value="16777248" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F5" value="4194336" enum="Key"> F5 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F6" value="16777249" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F6" value="4194337" enum="Key"> F6 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F7" value="16777250" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F7" value="4194338" enum="Key"> F7 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F8" value="16777251" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F8" value="4194339" enum="Key"> F8 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F9" value="16777252" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F9" value="4194340" enum="Key"> F9 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F10" value="16777253" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F10" value="4194341" enum="Key"> F10 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F11" value="16777254" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F11" value="4194342" enum="Key"> F11 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F12" value="16777255" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F12" value="4194343" enum="Key"> F12 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F13" value="16777256" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F13" value="4194344" enum="Key"> F13 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F14" value="16777257" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F14" value="4194345" enum="Key"> F14 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F15" value="16777258" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F15" value="4194346" enum="Key"> F15 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F16" value="16777259" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F16" value="4194347" enum="Key"> F16 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F17" value="16777260" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F17" value="4194348" enum="Key"> F17 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F18" value="16777261" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F18" value="4194349" enum="Key"> F18 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F19" value="16777262" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F19" value="4194350" enum="Key"> F19 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F20" value="16777263" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F20" value="4194351" enum="Key"> F20 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F21" value="16777264" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F21" value="4194352" enum="Key"> F21 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F22" value="16777265" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F22" value="4194353" enum="Key"> F22 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F23" value="16777266" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F23" value="4194354" enum="Key"> F23 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F24" value="16777267" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F24" value="4194355" enum="Key"> F24 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F25" value="16777268" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F25" value="4194356" enum="Key"> F25 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F26" value="16777269" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F26" value="4194357" enum="Key"> F26 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F27" value="16777270" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F27" value="4194358" enum="Key"> F27 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F28" value="16777271" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F28" value="4194359" enum="Key"> F28 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F29" value="16777272" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F29" value="4194360" enum="Key"> F29 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F30" value="16777273" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F30" value="4194361" enum="Key"> F30 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F31" value="16777274" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F31" value="4194362" enum="Key"> F31 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F32" value="16777275" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F32" value="4194363" enum="Key"> F32 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F33" value="16777276" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F33" value="4194364" enum="Key"> F33 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F34" value="16777277" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F34" value="4194365" enum="Key"> F34 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_F35" value="16777278" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_F35" value="4194366" enum="Key"> F35 key. Only supported on macOS and Linux due to a Windows limitation. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_MULTIPLY" value="16777345" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_MULTIPLY" value="4194433" enum="Key"> Multiply (*) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_DIVIDE" value="16777346" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_DIVIDE" value="4194434" enum="Key"> Divide (/) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_SUBTRACT" value="16777347" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_SUBTRACT" value="4194435" enum="Key"> Subtract (-) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_PERIOD" value="16777348" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_PERIOD" value="4194436" enum="Key"> Period (.) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_ADD" value="16777349" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_ADD" value="4194437" enum="Key"> Add (+) key on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_0" value="16777350" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_0" value="4194438" enum="Key"> Number 0 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_1" value="16777351" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_1" value="4194439" enum="Key"> Number 1 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_2" value="16777352" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_2" value="4194440" enum="Key"> Number 2 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_3" value="16777353" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_3" value="4194441" enum="Key"> Number 3 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_4" value="16777354" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_4" value="4194442" enum="Key"> Number 4 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_5" value="16777355" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_5" value="4194443" enum="Key"> Number 5 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_6" value="16777356" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_6" value="4194444" enum="Key"> Number 6 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_7" value="16777357" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_7" value="4194445" enum="Key"> Number 7 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_8" value="16777358" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_8" value="4194446" enum="Key"> Number 8 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_KP_9" value="16777359" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_KP_9" value="4194447" enum="Key"> Number 9 on the numeric keypad. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SUPER_L" value="16777280" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_SUPER_L" value="4194368" enum="Key"> Left Super key (Windows key). </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SUPER_R" value="16777281" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_SUPER_R" value="4194369" enum="Key"> Right Super key (Windows key). </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MENU" value="16777282" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_MENU" value="4194370" enum="Key"> Context menu key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HYPER_L" value="16777283" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_HYPER_L" value="4194371" enum="Key"> Left Hyper key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HYPER_R" value="16777284" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_HYPER_R" value="4194372" enum="Key"> Right Hyper key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HELP" value="16777285" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_HELP" value="4194373" enum="Key"> Help key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_L" value="16777286" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_L" value="4194374" enum="Key"> Left Direction key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_R" value="16777287" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_DIRECTION_R" value="4194375" enum="Key"> Right Direction key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BACK" value="16777288" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_BACK" value="4194376" enum="Key"> Media back key. Not to be confused with the Back button on an Android device. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_FORWARD" value="16777289" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_FORWARD" value="4194377" enum="Key"> Media forward key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_STOP" value="16777290" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_STOP" value="4194378" enum="Key"> Media stop key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_REFRESH" value="16777291" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_REFRESH" value="4194379" enum="Key"> Media refresh key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEDOWN" value="16777292" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEDOWN" value="4194380" enum="Key"> Volume down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEMUTE" value="16777293" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEMUTE" value="4194381" enum="Key"> Mute volume key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEUP" value="16777294" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_VOLUMEUP" value="4194382" enum="Key"> Volume up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BASSBOOST" value="16777295" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_BASSBOOST" value="4194383" enum="Key"> Bass Boost key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BASSUP" value="16777296" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_BASSUP" value="4194384" enum="Key"> Bass up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_BASSDOWN" value="16777297" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_BASSDOWN" value="4194385" enum="Key"> Bass down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_TREBLEUP" value="16777298" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_TREBLEUP" value="4194386" enum="Key"> Treble up key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_TREBLEDOWN" value="16777299" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_TREBLEDOWN" value="4194387" enum="Key"> Treble down key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPLAY" value="16777300" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPLAY" value="4194388" enum="Key"> Media play key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIASTOP" value="16777301" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIASTOP" value="4194389" enum="Key"> Media stop key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPREVIOUS" value="16777302" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIAPREVIOUS" value="4194390" enum="Key"> Previous song key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIANEXT" value="16777303" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIANEXT" value="4194391" enum="Key"> Next song key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MEDIARECORD" value="16777304" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_MEDIARECORD" value="4194392" enum="Key"> Media record key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_HOMEPAGE" value="16777305" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_HOMEPAGE" value="4194393" enum="Key"> Home page key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_FAVORITES" value="16777306" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_FAVORITES" value="4194394" enum="Key"> Favorites key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_SEARCH" value="16777307" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_SEARCH" value="4194395" enum="Key"> Search key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_STANDBY" value="16777308" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_STANDBY" value="4194396" enum="Key"> Standby key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_OPENURL" value="16777309" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_OPENURL" value="4194397" enum="Key"> Open URL / Launch Browser key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMAIL" value="16777310" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMAIL" value="4194398" enum="Key"> Launch Mail key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMEDIA" value="16777311" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHMEDIA" value="4194399" enum="Key"> Launch Media key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH0" value="16777312" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH0" value="4194400" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 0 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH1" value="16777313" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH1" value="4194401" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 1 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH2" value="16777314" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH2" value="4194402" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 2 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH3" value="16777315" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH3" value="4194403" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 3 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH4" value="16777316" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH4" value="4194404" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 4 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH5" value="16777317" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH5" value="4194405" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 5 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH6" value="16777318" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH6" value="4194406" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 6 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH7" value="16777319" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH7" value="4194407" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 7 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH8" value="16777320" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH8" value="4194408" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 8 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH9" value="16777321" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCH9" value="4194409" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut 9 key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHA" value="16777322" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHA" value="4194410" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut A key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHB" value="16777323" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHB" value="4194411" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut B key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHC" value="16777324" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHC" value="4194412" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut C key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHD" value="16777325" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHD" value="4194413" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut D key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHE" value="16777326" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHE" value="4194414" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut E key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHF" value="16777327" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_LAUNCHF" value="4194415" enum="Key"> Launch Shortcut F key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_UNKNOWN" value="33554431" enum="Key"> + <constant name="KEY_UNKNOWN" value="16777215" enum="Key"> Unknown key. </constant> <constant name="KEY_SPACE" value="32" enum="Key"> @@ -2223,27 +2229,27 @@ <constant name="KEY_YDIAERESIS" value="255" enum="Key"> ÿ key. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_CODE_MASK" value="33554431" enum="KeyModifierMask"> + <constant name="KEY_CODE_MASK" value="8388607" enum="KeyModifierMask"> Key Code mask. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MODIFIER_MASK" value="2130706432" enum="KeyModifierMask"> + <constant name="KEY_MODIFIER_MASK" value="532676608" enum="KeyModifierMask"> Modifier key mask. </constant> + <constant name="KEY_MASK_CMD_OR_CTRL" value="16777216" enum="KeyModifierMask"> + Automatically remapped to [constant KEY_META] on macOS and [constant KEY_CTRL] on other platforms, this mask is never set in the actual events, and should be used for key mapping only. + </constant> <constant name="KEY_MASK_SHIFT" value="33554432" enum="KeyModifierMask"> Shift key mask. </constant> <constant name="KEY_MASK_ALT" value="67108864" enum="KeyModifierMask"> - Alt key mask. + Alt or Option (on macOS) key mask. </constant> <constant name="KEY_MASK_META" value="134217728" enum="KeyModifierMask"> - Meta key mask. + Command (on macOS) or Meta/Windows key mask. </constant> <constant name="KEY_MASK_CTRL" value="268435456" enum="KeyModifierMask"> Ctrl key mask. </constant> - <constant name="KEY_MASK_CMD" value="platform-dependent" enum="KeyModifierMask"> - Command key mask. On macOS, this is equivalent to [constant KEY_MASK_META]. On other platforms, this is equivalent to [constant KEY_MASK_CTRL]. This mask should be preferred to [constant KEY_MASK_META] or [constant KEY_MASK_CTRL] for system shortcuts as it handles all platforms correctly. - </constant> <constant name="KEY_MASK_KPAD" value="536870912" enum="KeyModifierMask"> Keypad key mask. </constant> @@ -2614,7 +2620,7 @@ No hint for the edited property. </constant> <constant name="PROPERTY_HINT_RANGE" value="1" enum="PropertyHint"> - Hints that an integer or float property should be within a range specified via the hint string [code]"min,max"[/code] or [code]"min,max,step"[/code]. The hint string can optionally include [code]"or_greater"[/code] and/or [code]"or_lesser"[/code] to allow manual input going respectively above the max or below the min values. Example: [code]"-360,360,1,or_greater,or_lesser"[/code]. + Hints that an integer or float property should be within a range specified via the hint string [code]"min,max"[/code] or [code]"min,max,step"[/code]. The hint string can optionally include [code]"or_greater"[/code] and/or [code]"or_less"[/code] to allow manual input going respectively above the max or below the min values. Example: [code]"-360,360,1,or_greater,or_less"[/code]. Additionally, other keywords can be included: [code]"exp"[/code] for exponential range editing, [code]"radians"[/code] for editing radian angles in degrees, [code]"degrees"[/code] to hint at an angle and [code]"no_slider"[/code] to hide the slider. </constant> <constant name="PROPERTY_HINT_ENUM" value="2" enum="PropertyHint"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AABB.xml b/doc/classes/AABB.xml index e2e4e7c61d..23dd41f275 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AABB.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AABB.xml @@ -142,24 +142,24 @@ Returns a copy of the [AABB] grown a given number of units towards all the sides. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_surface" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is empty. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] contains a point. Points on the faces of the AABB are considered included, though float-point precision errors may impact the accuracy of such checks. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is not reliable for [AABB] with a [i]negative size[/i]. Use [method abs] to get a positive sized equivalent [AABB] to check for contained points. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_volume" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_surface" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is flat or empty. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] has a surface or a length, and [code]false[/code] if the [AABB] is empty (all components of [member size] are zero or negative). </description> </method> - <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_volume" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] contains a point. Points on the faces of the AABB are considered included, though float-point precision errors may impact the accuracy of such checks. - [b]Note:[/b] This method is not reliable for [AABB] with a [i]negative size[/i]. Use [method abs] to get a positive sized equivalent [AABB] to check for contained points. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] has a volume, and [code]false[/code] if the [AABB] is flat, empty, or has a negative [member size]. </description> </method> <method name="intersection" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AStarGrid2D.xml b/doc/classes/AStarGrid2D.xml index ae696eb468..19cd9d21d7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AStarGrid2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AStarGrid2D.xml @@ -1,8 +1,19 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AStarGrid2D" inherits="RefCounted" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> + A* (or "A-Star") pathfinding tailored to find the shortest paths on 2D grids. </brief_description> <description> + Compared to [AStar2D] you don't need to manually create points or connect them together. It also supports multiple type of heuristics and modes for diagonal movement. This class also provides a jumping mode which is faster to calculate than without it in the [AStar2D] class. + In contrast to [AStar2D], you only need set the [member size] of the grid, optionally set the [member cell_size] and then call the [method update] method: + [codeblock] + var astar_grid = AStarGrid2D.new() + astar_grid.size = Vector2i(32, 32) + astar_grid.cell_size = Vector2(16, 16) + astar_grid.update() + print(astar_grid.get_id_path(Vector2i(0, 0), Vector2i(3, 4))) # prints (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4) + print(astar_grid.get_point_path(Vector2i(0, 0), Vector2i(3, 4))) # prints (0, 0), (16, 16), (32, 32), (48, 48), (48, 64) + [/codeblock] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -12,6 +23,8 @@ <param index="0" name="from_id" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="to_id" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Called when computing the cost between two connected points. + Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStarGrid2D[/code] class. </description> </method> <method name="_estimate_cost" qualifiers="virtual const"> @@ -19,11 +32,14 @@ <param index="0" name="from_id" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="to_id" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Called when estimating the cost between a point and the path's ending point. + Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStarGrid2D[/code] class. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Clears the grid and sets the [member size] to [constant Vector2i.ZERO]. </description> </method> <method name="get_id_path"> @@ -31,6 +47,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from_id" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="to_id" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the path found by AStar2D between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to the ending point of the path. </description> </method> <method name="get_point_path"> @@ -38,11 +55,14 @@ <param index="0" name="from_id" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="to_id" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns an array with the points that are in the path found by AStarGrid2D between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to the ending point of the path. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is not thread-safe. If called from a [Thread], it will return an empty [PackedVector3Array] and will print an error message. </description> </method> <method name="is_dirty" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> + Indicates that the grid parameters were changed and [method update] needs to be called. </description> </method> <method name="is_in_bounds" qualifiers="const"> @@ -50,18 +70,21 @@ <param index="0" name="x" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="y" type="int" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [param x] and [param y] is a valid grid coordinate (id). </description> </method> <method name="is_in_boundsv" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [param id] vector is a valid grid coordinate. </description> </method> <method name="is_point_solid" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="id" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if a point is disabled for pathfinding. By default, all points are enabled. </description> </method> <method name="set_point_solid"> @@ -69,48 +92,87 @@ <param index="0" name="id" type="Vector2i" /> <param index="1" name="solid" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> + Disables or enables the specified point for pathfinding. Useful for making an obstacle. By default, all points are enabled. </description> </method> <method name="update"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Updates the internal state of the grid according to the parameters to prepare it to search the path. Needs to be called if parameters like [member size], [member cell_size] or [member offset] are changed. [method is_dirty] will return [code]true[/code] if this is the case and this needs to be called. </description> </method> </methods> <members> <member name="cell_size" type="Vector2" setter="set_cell_size" getter="get_cell_size" default="Vector2(1, 1)"> + The size of the point cell which will be applied to calculate the resulting point position returned by [method get_point_path]. If changed, [method update] needs to be called before finding the next path. </member> <member name="default_heuristic" type="int" setter="set_default_heuristic" getter="get_default_heuristic" enum="AStarGrid2D.Heuristic" default="0"> + The default [enum Heuristic] which will be used to calculate the path if [method _compute_cost] and/or [method _estimate_cost] were not overridden. </member> <member name="diagonal_mode" type="int" setter="set_diagonal_mode" getter="get_diagonal_mode" enum="AStarGrid2D.DiagonalMode" default="0"> + A specific [enum DiagonalMode] mode which will force the path to avoid or accept the specified diagonals. </member> <member name="jumping_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_jumping_enabled" getter="is_jumping_enabled" default="false"> + Enables or disables jumping to skip up the intermediate points and speeds up the searching algorithm. </member> <member name="offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_offset" getter="get_offset" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> + The offset of the grid which will be applied to calculate the resulting point position returned by [method get_point_path]. If changed, [method update] needs to be called before finding the next path. </member> <member name="size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_size" getter="get_size" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> + The size of the grid (number of cells of size [member cell_size] on each axis). If changed, [method update] needs to be called before finding the next path. </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="HEURISTIC_EUCLIDEAN" value="0" enum="Heuristic"> + The Euclidean heuristic to be used for the pathfinding using the following formula: + [codeblock] + dx = abs(to_id.x - from_id.x) + dy = abs(to_id.y - from_id.y) + result = sqrt(dx * dx + dy * dy) + [/codeblock] </constant> <constant name="HEURISTIC_MANHATTAN" value="1" enum="Heuristic"> + The Manhattan heuristic to be used for the pathfinding using the following formula: + [codeblock] + dx = abs(to_id.x - from_id.x) + dy = abs(to_id.y - from_id.y) + result = dx + dy + [/codeblock] </constant> <constant name="HEURISTIC_OCTILE" value="2" enum="Heuristic"> + The Octile heuristic to be used for the pathfinding using the following formula: + [codeblock] + dx = abs(to_id.x - from_id.x) + dy = abs(to_id.y - from_id.y) + f = sqrt(2) - 1 + result = (dx < dy) ? f * dx + dy : f * dy + dx; + [/codeblock] </constant> <constant name="HEURISTIC_CHEBYSHEV" value="3" enum="Heuristic"> + The Chebyshev heuristic to be used for the pathfinding using the following formula: + [codeblock] + dx = abs(to_id.x - from_id.x) + dy = abs(to_id.y - from_id.y) + result = max(dx, dy) + [/codeblock] </constant> <constant name="HEURISTIC_MAX" value="4" enum="Heuristic"> + Represents the size of the [enum Heuristic] enum. </constant> <constant name="DIAGONAL_MODE_ALWAYS" value="0" enum="DiagonalMode"> + The pathfinding algorithm will ignore solid neighbors around the target cell and allow passing using diagonals. </constant> <constant name="DIAGONAL_MODE_NEVER" value="1" enum="DiagonalMode"> + The pathfinding algorithm will ignore all diagonals and the way will be always orthogonal. </constant> <constant name="DIAGONAL_MODE_AT_LEAST_ONE_WALKABLE" value="2" enum="DiagonalMode"> + The pathfinding algorithm will avoid using diagonals if at least two obstacles have been placed around the neighboring cells of the specific path segment. </constant> <constant name="DIAGONAL_MODE_ONLY_IF_NO_OBSTACLES" value="3" enum="DiagonalMode"> + The pathfinding algorithm will avoid using diagonals if any obstacle has been placed around the neighboring cells of the specific path segment. </constant> <constant name="DIAGONAL_MODE_MAX" value="4" enum="DiagonalMode"> + Represents the size of the [enum DiagonalMode] enum. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml b/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml index c83ea8c60a..b5a1461876 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml @@ -99,8 +99,11 @@ </signal> </signals> <theme_items> + <theme_item name="buttons_separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="10"> + The size of the vertical space between the dialog's content and the button row. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="panel" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> - Panel that fills up the background of the window. + The panel that fills the background of the window. </theme_item> </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml index 68354f092c..58d3ca6ad3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml @@ -10,17 +10,12 @@ <link title="2D Sprite animation (also applies to 3D)">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/2d/2d_sprite_animation.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="is_playing" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation is currently being played. - </description> - </method> <method name="play"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="anim" type="StringName" default="&""" /> + <param index="1" name="backwards" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Plays the animation named [param anim]. If no [param anim] is provided, the current animation is played. + Plays the animation named [param anim]. If no [param anim] is provided, the current animation is played. If [param backwards] is [code]true[/code], the animation will be played in reverse. </description> </method> <method name="stop"> @@ -40,9 +35,12 @@ <member name="frames" type="SpriteFrames" setter="set_sprite_frames" getter="get_sprite_frames"> The [SpriteFrames] resource containing the animation(s). </member> - <member name="playing" type="bool" setter="_set_playing" getter="_is_playing" default="false"> + <member name="playing" type="bool" setter="set_playing" getter="is_playing" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the [member animation] is currently playing. </member> + <member name="speed_scale" type="float" setter="set_speed_scale" getter="get_speed_scale" default="1.0"> + The animation speed is multiplied by this value. + </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="animation_finished"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml index 5ad4c4e10a..f0c86ba47b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml @@ -5,18 +5,18 @@ </brief_description> <description> [AnimatedTexture] is a resource format for frame-based animations, where multiple textures can be chained automatically with a predefined delay for each frame. Unlike [AnimationPlayer] or [AnimatedSprite2D], it isn't a [Node], but has the advantage of being usable anywhere a [Texture2D] resource can be used, e.g. in a [TileSet]. - The playback of the animation is controlled by the [member fps] property as well as each frame's optional delay (see [method set_frame_delay]). The animation loops, i.e. it will restart at frame 0 automatically after playing the last frame. + The playback of the animation is controlled by the [member speed_scale] property, as well as each frame's duration (see [method set_frame_duration]). The animation loops, i.e. it will restart at frame 0 automatically after playing the last frame. [AnimatedTexture] currently requires all frame textures to have the same size, otherwise the bigger ones will be cropped to match the smallest one. [b]Note:[/b] AnimatedTexture doesn't support using [AtlasTexture]s. Each frame needs to be a separate [Texture2D]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="get_frame_delay" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_frame_duration" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="frame" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the given frame's delay value. + Returns the given [param frame]'s duration, in seconds. </description> </method> <method name="get_frame_texture" qualifiers="const"> @@ -26,19 +26,12 @@ Returns the given frame's [Texture2D]. </description> </method> - <method name="set_frame_delay"> + <method name="set_frame_duration"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="frame" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="delay" type="float" /> + <param index="1" name="duration" type="float" /> <description> - Sets an additional delay (in seconds) between this frame and the next one, that will be added to the time interval defined by [member fps]. By default, frames have no delay defined. If a delay value is defined, the final time interval between this frame and the next will be [code]1.0 / fps + delay[/code]. - For example, for an animation with 3 frames, 2 FPS and a frame delay on the second frame of 1.2, the resulting playback will be: - [codeblock] - Frame 0: 0.5 s (1 / fps) - Frame 1: 1.7 s (1 / fps + 1.2) - Frame 2: 0.5 s (1 / fps) - Total duration: 2.7 s - [/codeblock] + Sets the duration of any given [param frame]. The final duration is affected by the [member speed_scale]. If set to [code]0[/code], the frame is skipped during playback. </description> </method> <method name="set_frame_texture"> @@ -55,19 +48,18 @@ <member name="current_frame" type="int" setter="set_current_frame" getter="get_current_frame"> Sets the currently visible frame of the texture. </member> - <member name="fps" type="float" setter="set_fps" getter="get_fps" default="4.0"> - Animation speed in frames per second. This value defines the default time interval between two frames of the animation, and thus the overall duration of the animation loop based on the [member frames] property. A value of 0 means no predefined number of frames per second, the animation will play according to each frame's frame delay (see [method set_frame_delay]). - For example, an animation with 8 frames, no frame delay and a [code]fps[/code] value of 2 will run for 4 seconds, with each frame lasting 0.5 seconds. - </member> <member name="frames" type="int" setter="set_frames" getter="get_frames" default="1"> Number of frames to use in the animation. While you can create the frames independently with [method set_frame_texture], you need to set this value for the animation to take new frames into account. The maximum number of frames is [constant MAX_FRAMES]. </member> - <member name="oneshot" type="bool" setter="set_oneshot" getter="get_oneshot" default="false"> + <member name="one_shot" type="bool" setter="set_one_shot" getter="get_one_shot" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the animation will only play once and will not loop back to the first frame after reaching the end. Note that reaching the end will not set [member pause] to [code]true[/code]. </member> <member name="pause" type="bool" setter="set_pause" getter="get_pause" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the animation will pause where it currently is (i.e. at [member current_frame]). The animation will continue from where it was paused when changing this property to [code]false[/code]. </member> + <member name="speed_scale" type="float" setter="set_speed_scale" getter="get_speed_scale" default="1.0"> + The animation speed is multiplied by this value. If set to a negative value, the animation is played in reverse. + </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="MAX_FRAMES" value="256"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml index d574bc044d..f6e2fc5eb2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="enabled_inputs" type="int" setter="set_enabled_inputs" getter="get_enabled_inputs" default="0"> + The number of enabled input ports for this node. + </member> <member name="from_start" type="bool" setter="set_from_start" getter="is_from_start" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the destination animation is played back from the beginning when switched. </member> - <member name="input_count" type="int" setter="set_enabled_inputs" getter="get_enabled_inputs" default="0"> - The number of available input ports for this node. - </member> <member name="xfade_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_xfade_curve" getter="get_xfade_curve"> </member> <member name="xfade_time" type="float" setter="set_xfade_time" getter="get_xfade_time" default="0.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Area2D.xml b/doc/classes/Area2D.xml index f1e40d4979..29592f133d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Area2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Area2D.xml @@ -25,10 +25,24 @@ <method name="get_overlapping_bodies" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Node2D[]" /> <description> - Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody2D]s. The overlapping body's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. + Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody2D]s and [TileMap]s. The overlapping body's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects are moved. Consider using signals instead. </description> </method> + <method name="has_overlapping_areas" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if intersecting any [Area2D]s, otherwise returns [code]false[/code]. The overlapping area's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. + For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) the list of overlapping areas is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects are moved. Consider using signals instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_overlapping_bodies" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if intersecting any [PhysicsBody2D]s or [TileMap]s, otherwise returns [code]false[/code]. The overlapping body's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. + For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) the list of overlapping bodies is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects are moved. Consider using signals instead. + </description> + </method> <method name="overlaps_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="area" type="Node" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/Area3D.xml b/doc/classes/Area3D.xml index 14081918cf..ce49be9bc1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Area3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Area3D.xml @@ -23,10 +23,24 @@ <method name="get_overlapping_bodies" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Node3D[]" /> <description> - Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody3D]s. The overlapping body's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. + Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody3D]s and [GridMap]s. The overlapping body's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects are moved. Consider using signals instead. </description> </method> + <method name="has_overlapping_areas" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if intersecting any [Area3D]s, otherwise returns [code]false[/code]. The overlapping area's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. + For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) the list of overlapping areas is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects are moved. Consider using signals instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_overlapping_bodies" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if intersecting any [PhysicsBody3D]s or [GridMap]s, otherwise returns [code]false[/code]. The overlapping body's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member CollisionObject3D.collision_mask] in order to be detected. + For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) the list of overlapping bodies is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects are moved. Consider using signals instead. + </description> + </method> <method name="overlaps_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="area" type="Node" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml index c766becce2..ab948dd0de 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="primitive" type="int" enum="Mesh.PrimitiveType" /> <param index="1" name="arrays" type="Array" /> - <param index="2" name="blend_shapes" type="Array" default="[]" /> + <param index="2" name="blend_shapes" type="Array[]" default="[]" /> <param index="3" name="lods" type="Dictionary" default="{}" /> <param index="4" name="compress_flags" type="int" default="0" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml index c2a5ec3b45..bac9167223 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml @@ -5,10 +5,12 @@ </brief_description> <description> AudioEffectCapture is an AudioEffect which copies all audio frames from the attached audio effect bus into its internal ring buffer. - Application code should consume these audio frames from this ring buffer using [method get_buffer] and process it as needed, for example to capture data from a microphone, implement application defined effects, or to transmit audio over the network. When capturing audio data from a microphone, the format of the samples will be stereo 32-bit floating point PCM. + Application code should consume these audio frames from this ring buffer using [method get_buffer] and process it as needed, for example to capture data from an [AudioStreamMicrophone], implement application-defined effects, or to transmit audio over the network. When capturing audio data from a microphone, the format of the samples will be stereo 32-bit floating point PCM. + [b]Note:[/b] [member ProjectSettings.audio/driver/enable_input] must be [code]true[/code] for audio input to work. See also that setting's description for caveats related to permissions and operating system privacy settings. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Audio buses">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/audio/audio_buses.html</link> + <link title="Audio Mic Record Demo">https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/audio/mic_record</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="can_get_buffer" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml b/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml index 8dc80e3bdc..36f12dd5c4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> Returns the names of all audio input devices detected on the system. + [b]Note:[/b] [member ProjectSettings.audio/driver/enable_input] must be [code]true[/code] for audio input to work. See also that setting's description for caveats related to permissions and operating system privacy settings. </description> </method> <method name="generate_bus_layout" qualifiers="const"> @@ -302,7 +303,8 @@ Number of available audio buses. </member> <member name="capture_device" type="String" setter="capture_set_device" getter="capture_get_device" default=""Default""> - Name of the current device for audio input (see [method get_device_list]). On systems with multiple audio inputs (such as analog, USB and HDMI audio), this can be used to select the audio input device. The value [code]"Default"[/code] will record audio on the system-wide default audio input. If an invalid device name is set, the value will be reverted back to [code]"Default"[/code]. + Name of the current device for audio input (see [method capture_get_device_list]). On systems with multiple audio inputs (such as analog, USB and HDMI audio), this can be used to select the audio input device. The value [code]"Default"[/code] will record audio on the system-wide default audio input. If an invalid device name is set, the value will be reverted back to [code]"Default"[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] [member ProjectSettings.audio/driver/enable_input] must be [code]true[/code] for audio input to work. See also that setting's description for caveats related to permissions and operating system privacy settings. </member> <member name="device" type="String" setter="set_device" getter="get_device" default=""Default""> Name of the current device for audio output (see [method get_device_list]). On systems with multiple audio outputs (such as analog, USB and HDMI audio), this can be used to select the audio output device. The value [code]"Default"[/code] will play audio on the system-wide default audio output. If an invalid device name is set, the value will be reverted back to [code]"Default"[/code]. diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml index e760bd526a..be3e91e037 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml @@ -1,9 +1,13 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AudioStreamMicrophone" inherits="AudioStream" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> + Plays real-time audio input data. </brief_description> <description> + When used directly in an [AudioStreamPlayer] node, [AudioStreamMicrophone] plays back microphone input in real-time. This can be used in conjunction with [AudioEffectCapture] to process the data or save it. + [b]Note:[/b] [member ProjectSettings.audio/driver/enable_input] must be [code]true[/code] for audio input to work. See also that setting's description for caveats related to permissions and operating system privacy settings. </description> <tutorials> + <link title="Audio Mic Record Demo">https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/audio/mic_record</link> </tutorials> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml index 2262c4fe47..ee28675d89 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml @@ -194,10 +194,13 @@ The emitted light's color. See [member emission_enabled]. </member> <member name="emission_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_feature" getter="get_feature" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the body emits light. Emitting light makes the object appear brighter. The object can also cast light on other objects if a [VoxelGI] is used and this object is used in baked lighting. + If [code]true[/code], the body emits light. Emitting light makes the object appear brighter. The object can also cast light on other objects if a [VoxelGI], SDFGI, or [LightmapGI] is used and this object is used in baked lighting. </member> - <member name="emission_energy" type="float" setter="set_emission_energy" getter="get_emission_energy" default="1.0"> - The emitted light's strength. See [member emission_enabled]. + <member name="emission_energy_multiplier" type="float" setter="set_emission_energy_multiplier" getter="get_emission_energy_multiplier" default="1.0"> + Multiplier for emitted light. See [member emission_enabled]. + </member> + <member name="emission_intensity" type="float" setter="set_emission_intensity" getter="get_emission_intensity"> + Luminance of emitted light, measured in nits (candela per square meter). Only available when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is enabled. The default is roughly equivalent to an indoor lightbulb. </member> <member name="emission_on_uv2" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> Use [code]UV2[/code] to read from the [member emission_texture]. diff --git a/doc/classes/BitMap.xml b/doc/classes/BitMap.xml index 9323642274..b3fa55f154 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BitMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BitMap.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ </method> <method name="create"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="size" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> Creates a bitmap with the specified size, filled with [code]false[/code]. </description> @@ -32,13 +32,21 @@ </method> <method name="get_bit" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="x" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="y" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns bitmap's value at the specified position. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_bitv" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2i" /> <description> Returns bitmap's value at the specified position. </description> </method> <method name="get_size" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2" /> + <return type="Vector2i" /> <description> Returns bitmap's dimensions. </description> @@ -52,14 +60,14 @@ <method name="grow_mask"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="pixels" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="rect" type="Rect2" /> + <param index="1" name="rect" type="Rect2i" /> <description> Applies morphological dilation or erosion to the bitmap. If [param pixels] is positive, dilation is applied to the bitmap. If [param pixels] is negative, erosion is applied to the bitmap. [param rect] defines the area where the morphological operation is applied. Pixels located outside the [param rect] are unaffected by [method grow_mask]. </description> </method> <method name="opaque_to_polygons" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedVector2Array[]" /> - <param index="0" name="rect" type="Rect2" /> + <param index="0" name="rect" type="Rect2i" /> <param index="1" name="epsilon" type="float" default="2.0" /> <description> Creates an [Array] of polygons covering a rectangular portion of the bitmap. It uses a marching squares algorithm, followed by Ramer-Douglas-Peucker (RDP) reduction of the number of vertices. Each polygon is described as a [PackedVector2Array] of its vertices. @@ -72,26 +80,35 @@ </method> <method name="resize"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="new_size" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="new_size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> Resizes the image to [param new_size]. </description> </method> <method name="set_bit"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> - <param index="1" name="bit" type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="x" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="y" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="bit" type="bool" /> <description> Sets the bitmap's element at the specified position, to the specified value. </description> </method> <method name="set_bit_rect"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="rect" type="Rect2" /> + <param index="0" name="rect" type="Rect2i" /> <param index="1" name="bit" type="bool" /> <description> Sets a rectangular portion of the bitmap to the specified value. </description> </method> + <method name="set_bitv"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2i" /> + <param index="1" name="bit" type="bool" /> + <description> + Sets the bitmap's element at the specified position, to the specified value. + </description> + </method> </methods> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml b/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml index 65ceab3e30..a06b0e9c4b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml @@ -22,13 +22,25 @@ <member name="alignment" type="int" setter="set_alignment" getter="get_alignment" enum="BoxContainer.AlignmentMode" default="0"> The alignment of the container's children (must be one of [constant ALIGNMENT_BEGIN], [constant ALIGNMENT_CENTER], or [constant ALIGNMENT_END]). </member> + <member name="vertical" type="bool" setter="set_vertical" getter="is_vertical" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the [BoxContainer] will arrange its children vertically, rather than horizontally. + Can't be changed when using [HBoxContainer] and [VBoxContainer]. + </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="ALIGNMENT_BEGIN" value="0" enum="AlignmentMode"> + The child controls will be arranged at the beginning of the container, i.e. top if orientation is vertical, left if orientation is horizontal (right for RTL layout). </constant> <constant name="ALIGNMENT_CENTER" value="1" enum="AlignmentMode"> + The child controls will be centered in the container. </constant> <constant name="ALIGNMENT_END" value="2" enum="AlignmentMode"> + The child controls will be arranged at the end of the container, i.e. bottom if orientation is vertical, right if orientation is horizontal (left for RTL layout). </constant> </constants> + <theme_items> + <theme_item name="separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="4"> + The space between the [BoxContainer]'s elements, in pixels. + </theme_item> + </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml b/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml index edb5235b75..bb78d537ad 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Camera node for 2D scenes. It forces the screen (current layer) to scroll following this node. This makes it easier (and faster) to program scrollable scenes than manually changing the position of [CanvasItem]-based nodes. Cameras register themselves in the nearest [Viewport] node (when ascending the tree). Only one camera can be active per viewport. If no viewport is available ascending the tree, the camera will register in the global viewport. This node is intended to be a simple helper to get things going quickly, but more functionality may be desired to change how the camera works. To make your own custom camera node, inherit it from [Node2D] and change the transform of the canvas by setting [member Viewport.canvas_transform] in [Viewport] (you can obtain the current [Viewport] by using [method Node.get_viewport]). - Note that the [Camera2D] node's [code]position[/code] doesn't represent the actual position of the screen, which may differ due to applied smoothing or limits. You can use [method get_camera_screen_center] to get the real position. + Note that the [Camera2D] node's [code]position[/code] doesn't represent the actual position of the screen, which may differ due to applied smoothing or limits. You can use [method get_screen_center_position] to get the real position. </description> <tutorials> <link title="2D Platformer Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/120</link> @@ -27,20 +27,6 @@ Forces the camera to update scroll immediately. </description> </method> - <method name="get_camera_position" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <description> - Returns the camera's [code]position[/code] (the tracked point the camera attempts to follow), relative to the origin. - [b]Note:[/b] The returned value is not the same as [member Node2D.position] or [member Node2D.global_position], as it is affected by the [code]drag[/code] properties. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_camera_screen_center" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <description> - Returns the location of the [Camera2D]'s screen-center, relative to the origin. - [b]Note:[/b] The real [code]position[/code] of the camera may be different, see [method get_camera_position]. - </description> - </method> <method name="get_drag_margin" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> @@ -55,6 +41,20 @@ Returns the camera limit for the specified [enum Side]. See also [member limit_bottom], [member limit_top], [member limit_left], and [member limit_right]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_screen_center_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Returns the center of the screen from this camera's point of view, in global coordinates. + [b]Note:[/b] The exact targeted position of the camera may be different. See [method get_target_position]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_target_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Returns this camera's target position, in global coordinates. + [b]Note:[/b] The returned value is not the same as [member Node2D.global_position], as it is affected by the drag properties. It is also not the same as the current position if [member smoothing_enabled] is [code]true[/code] (see [method get_screen_center_position]). + </description> + </method> <method name="reset_smoothing"> <return type="void" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml index 65fdecc3c6..322c4f0bf4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml @@ -150,6 +150,9 @@ </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="attributes" type="CameraAttributes" setter="set_attributes" getter="get_attributes"> + The [CameraAttributes] to use for this camera. + </member> <member name="cull_mask" type="int" setter="set_cull_mask" getter="get_cull_mask" default="1048575"> The culling mask that describes which 3D render layers are rendered by this camera. </member> @@ -160,9 +163,6 @@ <member name="doppler_tracking" type="int" setter="set_doppler_tracking" getter="get_doppler_tracking" enum="Camera3D.DopplerTracking" default="0"> If not [constant DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED], this camera will simulate the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/url] for objects changed in particular [code]_process[/code] methods. See [enum DopplerTracking] for possible values. </member> - <member name="effects" type="CameraEffects" setter="set_effects" getter="get_effects"> - The [CameraEffects] to use for this camera. - </member> <member name="environment" type="Environment" setter="set_environment" getter="get_environment"> The [Environment] to use for this camera. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/CameraAttributes.xml b/doc/classes/CameraAttributes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a741728c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/CameraAttributes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="CameraAttributes" inherits="Resource" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Parent class for camera settings. + </brief_description> + <description> + Controls camera-specific attributes such as depth of field and exposure override. + When used in a [WorldEnvironment] it provides default settings for exposure, auto-exposure, and depth of field that will be used by all cameras without their own [CameraAttributes], including the editor camera. When used in a [Camera3D] it will override any [CameraAttributes] set in the [WorldEnvironment]. When used in [VoxelGI] or [LightmapGI], only the exposure settings will be used. + See also [Environment] for general 3D environment settings. + This is a pure virtual class that is inherited by [CameraAttributesPhysical] and [CameraAttributesPractical]. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <members> + <member name="auto_exposure_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_auto_exposure_enabled" getter="is_auto_exposure_enabled"> + If [code]true[/code], enables the tonemapping auto exposure mode of the scene renderer. If [code]true[/code], the renderer will automatically determine the exposure setting to adapt to the scene's illumination and the observed light. + </member> + <member name="auto_exposure_scale" type="float" setter="set_auto_exposure_scale" getter="get_auto_exposure_scale"> + The scale of the auto exposure effect. Affects the intensity of auto exposure. + </member> + <member name="auto_exposure_speed" type="float" setter="set_auto_exposure_speed" getter="get_auto_exposure_speed"> + The speed of the auto exposure effect. Affects the time needed for the camera to perform auto exposure. + </member> + <member name="exposure_multiplier" type="float" setter="set_exposure_multiplier" getter="get_exposure_multiplier"> + Multiplier for the exposure amount. A higher value results in a brighter image. + </member> + <member name="exposure_sensitivity" type="float" setter="set_exposure_sensitivity" getter="get_exposure_sensitivity"> + Sensitivity of camera sensors, measured in ISO. A higher sensitivity results in a brighter image. Only available when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is enabled. When [member auto_exposure_enabled] this can be used as a method of exposure compensation, doubling the value will increase the exposure value (measured in EV100) by 1 stop. + </member> + </members> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CameraAttributesPhysical.xml b/doc/classes/CameraAttributesPhysical.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a61e735932 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/CameraAttributesPhysical.xml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="CameraAttributesPhysical" inherits="CameraAttributes" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Physically-based camera settings. + </brief_description> + <description> + [CameraAttributesPhysical] is used to set rendering settings based on a physically-based camera's settings. It is responsible for exposure, auto-exposure, and depth of field. + When used in a [WorldEnvironment] it provides default settings for exposure, auto-exposure, and depth of field that will be used by all cameras without their own [CameraAttributes], including the editor camera. When used in a [Camera3D] it will override any [CameraAttributes] set in the [WorldEnvironment] and will override the [Camera3D]s [member Camera3D.far], [member Camera3D.near], [member Camera3D.fov], and [member Camera3D.keep_aspect] properties. When used in [VoxelGI] or [LightmapGI], only the exposure settings will be used. + The default settings are intended for use in an outdoor environment, tips for settings for use in an indoor environment can be found in each setting's documentation. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_fov" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + Returns the vertical field of view that corresponds to the [member frustum_focal_length]. This value is calculated internally whenever [member frustum_focal_length] is changed. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="auto_exposure_max_exposure_value" type="float" setter="set_auto_exposure_max_exposure_value" getter="get_auto_exposure_max_exposure_value" default="10.0"> + The maximum luminance (in EV100) used when calculating auto exposure. When calculating scene average luminance, color values will be clamped to at least this value. This limits the auto-exposure from exposing below a certain brightness, resulting in a cut off point where the scene will remain bright. + </member> + <member name="auto_exposure_min_exposure_value" type="float" setter="set_auto_exposure_min_exposure_value" getter="get_auto_exposure_min_exposure_value" default="-8.0"> + The minimum luminance luminance (in EV100) used when calculating auto exposure. When calculating scene average luminance, color values will be clamped to at least this value. This limits the auto-exposure from exposing above a certain brightness, resulting in a cut off point where the scene will remain dark. + </member> + <member name="exposure_aperture" type="float" setter="set_aperture" getter="get_aperture" default="16.0"> + Size of the aperture of the camera, measured in f-stops. An f-stop is a unitless ratio between the focal length of the camera and the diameter of the aperture. A high aperture setting will result in a smaller aperture which leads to a dimmer image and sharper focus. A low aperture results in a wide aperture which lets in more light resulting in a brighter, less-focused image. Default is appropriate for outdoors at daytime (i.e. for use with a default [DirectionalLight3D]), for indoor lighting, a value between 2 and 4 is more appropriate. + Only available when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is enabled. + </member> + <member name="exposure_shutter_speed" type="float" setter="set_shutter_speed" getter="get_shutter_speed" default="100.0"> + Time for shutter to open and close, measured in seconds. A higher value will let in more light leading to a brighter image, while a lower amount will let in less light leading to a darker image. + Only available when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is enabled. + </member> + <member name="frustum_far" type="float" setter="set_far" getter="get_far" default="4000.0"> + Override value for [member Camera3D.far]. Used internally when calculating depth of field. When attached to a [Camera3D] as its [member Camera3D.attributes], it will override the [member Camera3D.far] property. + </member> + <member name="frustum_focal_length" type="float" setter="set_focal_length" getter="get_focal_length" default="35.0"> + Distance between camera lens and camera aperture, measured in millimeters. Controls field of view and depth of field. A larger focal length will result in a smaller field of view and a narrower depth of field meaning fewer objects will be in focus. A smaller focal length will result in a wider field of view and a larger depth of field meaning more objects will be in focus. When attached to a [Camera3D] as its [member Camera3D.attributes], it will override the [member Camera3D.fov] property and the [member Camera3D.keep_aspect] property. + </member> + <member name="frustum_focus_distance" type="float" setter="set_focus_distance" getter="get_focus_distance" default="10.0"> + Distance from camera of object that will be in focus, measured in meters. Internally this will be clamped to be at least 1 millimeter larger than [member frustum_focal_length]. + </member> + <member name="frustum_near" type="float" setter="set_near" getter="get_near" default="0.05"> + Override value for [member Camera3D.near]. Used internally when calculating depth of field. When attached to a [Camera3D] as its [member Camera3D.attributes], it will override the [member Camera3D.near] property. + </member> + </members> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CameraAttributesPractical.xml b/doc/classes/CameraAttributesPractical.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..924b02fc79 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/CameraAttributesPractical.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="CameraAttributesPractical" inherits="CameraAttributes" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Camera settings in an easy to use format. + </brief_description> + <description> + Controls camera-specific attributes such as auto-exposure, depth of field, and exposure override. + When used in a [WorldEnvironment] it provides default settings for exposure, auto-exposure, and depth of field that will be used by all cameras without their own [CameraAttributes], including the editor camera. When used in a [Camera3D] it will override any [CameraAttributes] set in the [WorldEnvironment]. When used in [VoxelGI] or [LightmapGI], only the exposure settings will be used. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <members> + <member name="auto_exposure_max_sensitivity" type="float" setter="set_auto_exposure_max_sensitivity" getter="get_auto_exposure_max_sensitivity" default="800.0"> + The maximum sensitivity (in ISO) used when calculating auto exposure. When calculating scene average luminance, color values will be clamped to at least this value. This limits the auto-exposure from exposing below a certain brightness, resulting in a cut off point where the scene will remain bright. + </member> + <member name="auto_exposure_min_sensitivity" type="float" setter="set_auto_exposure_min_sensitivity" getter="get_auto_exposure_min_sensitivity" default="0.0"> + The minimum sensitivity (in ISO) used when calculating auto exposure. When calculating scene average luminance, color values will be clamped to at least this value. This limits the auto-exposure from exposing above a certain brightness, resulting in a cut off point where the scene will remain dark. + </member> + <member name="dof_blur_amount" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_amount" getter="get_dof_blur_amount" default="0.1"> + Sets the maximum amount of blur. When using physically-based blur amounts, will instead act as a multiplier. High values lead to an increased amount of bluriness, but can be much more expensive to calculate. It is best to keep this as low as possible for a given art style. + </member> + <member name="dof_blur_far_distance" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_far_distance" getter="get_dof_blur_far_distance" default="10.0"> + Objects further from the [Camera3D] by this amount will be blurred by the depth of field effect. Measured in meters. + </member> + <member name="dof_blur_far_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_dof_blur_far_enabled" getter="is_dof_blur_far_enabled" default="false"> + Enables depth of field blur for objects further than [member dof_blur_far_distance]. Strength of blur is controlled by [member dof_blur_amount] and modulated by [member dof_blur_far_transition]. + </member> + <member name="dof_blur_far_transition" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_far_transition" getter="get_dof_blur_far_transition" default="5.0"> + When positive, distance over which (starting from [member dof_blur_far_distance]) blur effect will scale from 0 to [member dof_blur_amount]. When negative, uses physically-based scaling so depth of field effect will scale from 0 at [member dof_blur_far_distance] and will increase in a physically accurate way as objects get further from the [Camera3D]. + </member> + <member name="dof_blur_near_distance" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_near_distance" getter="get_dof_blur_near_distance" default="2.0"> + Objects closer from the [Camera3D] by this amount will be blurred by the depth of field effect. Measured in meters. + </member> + <member name="dof_blur_near_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_dof_blur_near_enabled" getter="is_dof_blur_near_enabled" default="false"> + Enables depth of field blur for objects closer than [member dof_blur_near_distance]. Strength of blur is controlled by [member dof_blur_amount] and modulated by [member dof_blur_near_transition]. + </member> + <member name="dof_blur_near_transition" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_near_transition" getter="get_dof_blur_near_transition" default="1.0"> + When positive, distance over which blur effect will scale from 0 to [member dof_blur_amount], ending at [member dof_blur_near_distance]. When negative, uses physically-based scaling so depth of field effect will scale from 0 at [member dof_blur_near_distance] and will increase in a physically accurate way as objects get closer to the [Camera3D]. + </member> + </members> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CameraEffects.xml b/doc/classes/CameraEffects.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c108b30f23..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/CameraEffects.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="CameraEffects" inherits="Resource" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> - <brief_description> - Contains camera-specific effects such as depth of field and exposure override. - </brief_description> - <description> - Contains camera-specific effects such as depth of field and exposure override. - See also [Environment] for general 3D environment settings. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <members> - <member name="dof_blur_amount" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_amount" getter="get_dof_blur_amount" default="0.1"> - The amount of blur for both near and far depth-of-field effects. The amount of blur increases the radius of the blur effect, making the affected area blurrier. However, If the amount is too high, you might start to see lines appearing, especially when using a low quality blur. - </member> - <member name="dof_blur_far_distance" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_far_distance" getter="get_dof_blur_far_distance" default="10.0"> - The distance from the camera where the far blur effect affects the rendering. - </member> - <member name="dof_blur_far_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_dof_blur_far_enabled" getter="is_dof_blur_far_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], enables the depth-of-field far blur effect. This has a significant performance cost. Consider disabling it in scenes where there are no far away objects. - </member> - <member name="dof_blur_far_transition" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_far_transition" getter="get_dof_blur_far_transition" default="5.0"> - The length of the transition between the no-blur area and far blur. - </member> - <member name="dof_blur_near_distance" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_near_distance" getter="get_dof_blur_near_distance" default="2.0"> - Distance from the camera where the near blur effect affects the rendering. - </member> - <member name="dof_blur_near_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_dof_blur_near_enabled" getter="is_dof_blur_near_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], enables the depth-of-field near blur effect. This has a significant performance cost. Consider disabling it in scenes where there are no nearby objects. - </member> - <member name="dof_blur_near_transition" type="float" setter="set_dof_blur_near_transition" getter="get_dof_blur_near_transition" default="1.0"> - The length of the transition between the near blur and no-blur area. - </member> - <member name="override_exposure" type="float" setter="set_override_exposure" getter="get_override_exposure" default="1.0"> - The exposure override value to use. Higher values will result in a brighter scene. Only effective if [member override_exposure_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. - </member> - <member name="override_exposure_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_override_exposure_enabled" getter="is_override_exposure_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], overrides the manual or automatic exposure defined in the [Environment] with the value in [member override_exposure]. - </member> - </members> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml index d8c1af0b3c..70d825efac 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml @@ -500,6 +500,13 @@ Transformations issued by [param event]'s inputs are applied in local space instead of global space. </description> </method> + <method name="move_to_front"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + Moves this node to display on top of its siblings. This has more use in [Control], as [Node2D] can be ordered with [member Node2D.z_index]. + Internally, the node is moved to the bottom of parent's children list. The method has no effect on nodes without a parent. + </description> + </method> <method name="queue_redraw"> <return type="void" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml index 555137ac45..50c0860d1f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml @@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ The custom [Viewport] node assigned to the [CanvasLayer]. If [code]null[/code], uses the default viewport instead. </member> <member name="follow_viewport_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_follow_viewport" getter="is_following_viewport" default="false"> - Sets the layer to follow the viewport in order to simulate a pseudo 3D effect. + If enabled, the [CanvasLayer] will use the viewport's transform, so it will move when camera moves instead of being anchored in a fixed position on the screen. + Together with [member follow_viewport_scale] it can be used for a pseudo 3D effect. </member> <member name="follow_viewport_scale" type="float" setter="set_follow_viewport_scale" getter="get_follow_viewport_scale" default="1.0"> Scales the layer when using [member follow_viewport_enabled]. Layers moving into the foreground should have increasing scales, while layers moving into the background should have decreasing scales. diff --git a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml index d39b75ae52..2ffe880971 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <theme_item name="font_pressed_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's pressed. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="check_v_adjust" data_type="constant" type="int" default="0"> + <theme_item name="check_v_offset" data_type="constant" type="int" default="0"> The vertical offset used when rendering the check icons (in pixels). </theme_item> <theme_item name="h_separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="4"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml b/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml index f49da69926..2f584103be 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <theme_item name="font_pressed_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's pressed. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="check_v_adjust" data_type="constant" type="int" default="0"> + <theme_item name="check_v_offset" data_type="constant" type="int" default="0"> The vertical offset used when rendering the toggle icons (in pixels). </theme_item> <theme_item name="h_separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="4"> @@ -50,30 +50,30 @@ <theme_item name="font_size" data_type="font_size" type="int"> Font size of the [CheckButton]'s text. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="off" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked (for left-to-right layouts). - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="off_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled (for left-to-right layouts). - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="off_disabled_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled (for right-to-left layouts). - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="off_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked (for right-to-left layouts). - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="on" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + <theme_item name="checked" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked (for left-to-right layouts). </theme_item> - <theme_item name="on_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + <theme_item name="checked_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked and disabled (for left-to-right layouts). </theme_item> - <theme_item name="on_disabled_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + <theme_item name="checked_disabled_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked and disabled (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> - <theme_item name="on_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + <theme_item name="checked_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> + <theme_item name="unchecked" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="unchecked_disabled" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="unchecked_disabled_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled (for right-to-left layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="unchecked_mirrored" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked (for right-to-left layouts). + </theme_item> <theme_item name="disabled" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is disabled. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml index 705d2282c1..e992d6f9d4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ <member name="presets_visible" type="bool" setter="set_presets_visible" getter="are_presets_visible" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], saved color presets are visible. </member> + <member name="vertical" type="bool" setter="set_vertical" getter="is_vertical" overrides="BoxContainer" default="true" /> </members> <signals> <signal name="color_changed"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml index d3ad4e6e4b..7ba53f852b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml @@ -98,6 +98,12 @@ Removes the entire contents of the config. </description> </method> + <method name="encode_to_text" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String" /> + <description> + Obtain the text version of this config file (the same text that would be written to a file). + </description> + </method> <method name="erase_section"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="section" type="String" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/Control.xml b/doc/classes/Control.xml index 71798d2574..7b9bf0fa37 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Control.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Control.xml @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ <member name="clip_contents" type="bool" setter="set_clip_contents" getter="is_clipping_contents" default="false"> Enables whether rendering of [CanvasItem] based children should be clipped to this control's rectangle. If [code]true[/code], parts of a child which would be visibly outside of this control's rectangle will not be rendered and won't receive input. </member> - <member name="custom_minimum_size" type="Vector2" setter="set_custom_minimum_size" getter="get_custom_minimum_size" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> + <member name="custom_minimum_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_custom_minimum_size" getter="get_custom_minimum_size" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> The minimum size of the node's bounding rectangle. If you set it to a value greater than (0, 0), the node's bounding rectangle will always have at least this size, even if its content is smaller. If it's set to (0, 0), the node sizes automatically to fit its content, be it a texture or child nodes. </member> <member name="focus_mode" type="int" setter="set_focus_mode" getter="get_focus_mode" enum="Control.FocusMode" default="0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Crypto.xml b/doc/classes/Crypto.xml index dab2a77584..ade63225dc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Crypto.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Crypto.xml @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ <return type="CryptoKey" /> <param index="0" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Generates an RSA [CryptoKey] that can be used for creating self-signed certificates and passed to [method StreamPeerSSL.accept_stream]. + Generates an RSA [CryptoKey] that can be used for creating self-signed certificates and passed to [method StreamPeerTLS.accept_stream]. </description> </method> <method name="generate_self_signed_certificate"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml b/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml index 1f502846b4..7db810177f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> The CryptoKey class represents a cryptographic key. Keys can be loaded and saved like any other [Resource]. - They can be used to generate a self-signed [X509Certificate] via [method Crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate] and as private key in [method StreamPeerSSL.accept_stream] along with the appropriate certificate. + They can be used to generate a self-signed [X509Certificate] via [method Crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate] and as private key in [method StreamPeerTLS.accept_stream] along with the appropriate certificate. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml index 40b5e88fff..a86aff060d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Dictionary type. </brief_description> <description> - Dictionary type. Associative container which contains values referenced by unique keys. Dictionaries are composed of pairs of keys (which must be unique) and values. Dictionaries will preserve the insertion order when adding elements, even though this may not be reflected when printing the dictionary. In other programming languages, this data structure is sometimes referred to as a hash map or associative array. + Dictionary type. Associative container, which contains values referenced by unique keys. Dictionaries are composed of pairs of keys (which must be unique) and values. Dictionaries will preserve the insertion order when adding elements. In other programming languages, this data structure is sometimes referred to as a hash map or associative array. You can define a dictionary by placing a comma-separated list of [code]key: value[/code] pairs in curly braces [code]{}[/code]. Erasing elements while iterating over them [b]is not supported[/b] and will result in undefined behavior. [b]Note:[/b] Dictionaries are always passed by reference. To get a copy of a dictionary which can be modified independently of the original dictionary, use [method duplicate]. @@ -218,6 +218,14 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Don't erase elements while iterating over the dictionary. You can iterate over the [method keys] array instead. </description> </method> + <method name="find_key" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Variant" /> + <param index="0" name="value" type="Variant" /> + <description> + Returns the first key whose associated value is equal to [param value], or [code]null[/code] if no such value is found. + [b]Note:[/b] [code]null[/code] is also a valid key. If you have it in your [Dictionary], the [method find_key] method can give misleading results. + </description> + </method> <method name="get" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="key" type="Variant" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml b/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml index 35a2861c54..d22d64c276 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml @@ -104,6 +104,13 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_accent_color" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Color" /> + <description> + Returns OS theme accent color. Returns [code]Color(0, 0, 0, 0)[/code], if accent color is unknown. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS and Windows. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_display_cutouts" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2[]" /> <description> @@ -148,9 +155,10 @@ <param index="0" name="menu_root" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="label" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="callback" type="Callable" /> - <param index="3" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> - <param index="4" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> - <param index="5" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> + <param index="3" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <param index="4" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> + <param index="5" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> + <param index="6" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Adds a new checkable item with text [param label] to the global menu with ID [param menu_root]. Returns index of the inserted item, it's not guaranteed to be the same as [param index] value. @@ -168,9 +176,10 @@ <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <param index="2" name="label" type="String" /> <param index="3" name="callback" type="Callable" /> - <param index="4" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> - <param index="5" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> - <param index="6" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> + <param index="4" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <param index="5" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> + <param index="6" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> + <param index="7" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Adds a new checkable item with text [param label] and icon [param icon] to the global menu with ID [param menu_root]. Returns index of the inserted item, it's not guaranteed to be the same as [param index] value. @@ -188,9 +197,10 @@ <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <param index="2" name="label" type="String" /> <param index="3" name="callback" type="Callable" /> - <param index="4" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> - <param index="5" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> - <param index="6" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> + <param index="4" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <param index="5" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> + <param index="6" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> + <param index="7" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Adds a new item with text [param label] and icon [param icon] to the global menu with ID [param menu_root]. Returns index of the inserted item, it's not guaranteed to be the same as [param index] value. @@ -208,9 +218,10 @@ <param index="1" name="icon" type="Texture2D" /> <param index="2" name="label" type="String" /> <param index="3" name="callback" type="Callable" /> - <param index="4" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> - <param index="5" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> - <param index="6" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> + <param index="4" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <param index="5" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> + <param index="6" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> + <param index="7" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Adds a new radio-checkable item with text [param label] and icon [param icon] to the global menu with ID [param menu_root]. Returns index of the inserted item, it's not guaranteed to be the same as [param index] value. @@ -228,9 +239,10 @@ <param index="0" name="menu_root" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="label" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="callback" type="Callable" /> - <param index="3" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> - <param index="4" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> - <param index="5" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> + <param index="3" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <param index="4" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> + <param index="5" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> + <param index="6" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Adds a new item with text [param label] to the global menu with ID [param menu_root]. Returns index of the inserted item, it's not guaranteed to be the same as [param index] value. @@ -249,9 +261,10 @@ <param index="2" name="max_states" type="int" /> <param index="3" name="default_state" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="callback" type="Callable" /> - <param index="5" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> - <param index="6" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> - <param index="7" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> + <param index="5" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <param index="6" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> + <param index="7" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> + <param index="8" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Adds a new item with text [param labe] to the global menu with ID [param menu_root]. Contrarily to normal binary items, multistate items can have more than two states, as defined by [param max_states]. Each press or activate of the item will increase the state by one. The default value is defined by [param default_state]. @@ -270,9 +283,10 @@ <param index="0" name="menu_root" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="label" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="callback" type="Callable" /> - <param index="3" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> - <param index="4" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> - <param index="5" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> + <param index="3" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <param index="4" name="tag" type="Variant" default="null" /> + <param index="5" name="accelerator" type="int" enum="Key" default="0" /> + <param index="6" name="index" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> Adds a new radio-checkable item with text [param label] to the global menu with ID [param menu_root]. Returns index of the inserted item, it's not guaranteed to be the same as [param index] value. @@ -384,6 +398,15 @@ [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS. </description> </method> + <method name="global_menu_get_item_key_callback" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Callable" /> + <param index="0" name="menu_root" type="String" /> + <param index="1" name="idx" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the callback of the item accelerator at index [param idx]. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS. + </description> + </method> <method name="global_menu_get_item_max_states" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="menu_root" type="String" /> @@ -502,7 +525,7 @@ <param index="1" name="idx" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="callback" type="Callable" /> <description> - Sets the callback of the item at index [param idx]. Callback is emitted when an item is pressed or its accelerator is activated. + Sets the callback of the item at index [param idx]. Callback is emitted when an item is pressed. [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS. </description> </method> @@ -557,6 +580,16 @@ [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS. </description> </method> + <method name="global_menu_set_item_key_callback"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="menu_root" type="String" /> + <param index="1" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="key_callback" type="Callable" /> + <description> + Sets the callback of the item at index [param idx]. Callback is emitted when its accelerator is activated. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS. + </description> + </method> <method name="global_menu_set_item_max_states"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="menu_root" type="String" /> @@ -644,6 +677,20 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="is_dark_mode" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if OS is using dark mode. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS, Windows and Linux. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_dark_mode_supported" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if OS supports dark mode. + [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS, Windows and Linux. + </description> + </method> <method name="keyboard_get_current_layout" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorExportPlatform.xml b/doc/classes/EditorExportPlatform.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d63af9233 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/EditorExportPlatform.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="EditorExportPlatform" inherits="RefCounted" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml index 091bac7d8e..3e8ce10aa5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml @@ -10,6 +10,51 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="_begin_customize_resources" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="platform" type="EditorExportPlatform" /> + <param index="1" name="features" type="PackedStringArray" /> + <description> + Return true if this plugin will customize resources based on the platform and features used. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_begin_customize_scenes" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="platform" type="EditorExportPlatform" /> + <param index="1" name="features" type="PackedStringArray" /> + <description> + Return true if this plugin will customize scenes based on the platform and features used. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_customize_resource" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="Resource" /> + <param index="0" name="resource" type="Resource" /> + <param index="1" name="path" type="String" /> + <description> + Customize a resource. If changes are made to it, return the same or a new resource. Otherwise, return [code]null[/code]. + The [i]path[/i] argument is only used when customizing an actual file, otherwise this means that this resource is part of another one and it will be empty. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_customize_scene" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="Node" /> + <param index="0" name="scene" type="Node" /> + <param index="1" name="path" type="String" /> + <description> + Customize a scene. If changes are made to it, return the same or a new scene. Otherwise, return [code]null[/code]. If a new scene is returned, it is up to you to dispose of the old one. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_end_customize_resources" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + This is called when the customization process for resources ends. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_end_customize_scenes" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + This is called when the customization process for scenes ends. + </description> + </method> <method name="_export_begin" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="features" type="PackedStringArray" /> @@ -36,6 +81,18 @@ Calling [method skip] inside this callback will make the file not included in the export. </description> </method> + <method name="_get_customization_configuration_hash" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Return a hash based on the configuration passed (for both scenes and resources). This helps keep separate caches for separate export configurations. + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="String" /> + <description> + Return the name identifier of this plugin (for future identification by the exporter). + </description> + </method> <method name="add_file"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml index f7f1d456d0..348347c4ef 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml @@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ <param index="0" name="source_file" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="save_path" type="String" /> <param index="2" name="options" type="Dictionary" /> - <param index="3" name="platform_variants" type="Array" /> - <param index="4" name="gen_files" type="Array" /> + <param index="3" name="platform_variants" type="String[]" /> + <param index="4" name="gen_files" type="String[]" /> <description> Imports [param source_file] into [param save_path] with the import [param options] specified. The [param platform_variants] and [param gen_files] arrays will be modified by this function. This method must be overridden to do the actual importing work. See this class' description for an example of overriding this method. diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml index 49cd715f5e..1e3b1f07ee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml @@ -60,11 +60,10 @@ Returns the edited (current) scene's root [Node]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_editor_main_control"> - <return type="Control" /> + <method name="get_editor_main_screen"> + <return type="VBoxContainer" /> <description> - Returns the main editor control. Use this as a parent for main screens. - [b]Note:[/b] This returns the main editor control containing the whole editor, not the 2D or 3D viewports specifically. + Returns the editor control responsible for main screen plugins and tools. Use it with plugins that implement [method EditorPlugin._has_main_screen]. [b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the editor useless and may cause a crash. </description> </method> @@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ </method> <method name="make_mesh_previews"> <return type="Texture2D[]" /> - <param index="0" name="meshes" type="Array" /> + <param index="0" name="meshes" type="Mesh[]" /> <param index="1" name="preview_size" type="int" /> <description> Returns mesh previews rendered at the given size as an [Array] of [Texture2D]s. diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml index fdd3807b69..8f4c848041 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ if event is InputEventMouseMotion: # Redraw viewport when cursor is moved. update_overlays() - return true - return false + return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_STOP + return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_PASS [/gdscript] [csharp] public override void _Forward3dDrawOverViewport(Godot.Control overlay) @@ -74,15 +74,15 @@ overlay.DrawCircle(overlay.GetLocalMousePosition(), 64, Colors.White); } - public override bool _Forward3dGuiInput(Godot.Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) + public override EditorPlugin.AfterGUIInput _Forward3dGuiInput(Godot.Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) { if (@event is InputEventMouseMotion) { // Redraw viewport when cursor is moved. UpdateOverlays(); - return true; + return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_STOP; } - return false; + return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_PASS; [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> @@ -100,33 +100,33 @@ <param index="0" name="viewport_camera" type="Camera3D" /> <param index="1" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <description> - Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method _handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 3D viewport. Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] consumes the [param event], otherwise forwards [param event] to other Editor classes. Example: + Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method _handles] is implemented, and an [InputEvent] happens in the 3D viewport. The return value decides whether the [InputEvent] is consumed or forwarded to other [EditorPlugin]s. See [enum AfterGUIInput] for options. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - # Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. + # Prevents the InputEvent from reaching other Editor classes. func _forward_3d_gui_input(camera, event): return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_STOP [/gdscript] [csharp] - // Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. - public override bool _Forward3dGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) + // Prevents the InputEvent from reaching other Editor classes. + public override EditorPlugin.AfterGUIInput _Forward3dGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) { return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_STOP; } [/csharp] [/codeblocks] - Must [code]return false[/code] in order to forward the [InputEvent] to other Editor classes. Example: + Must [code]return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_PASS[/code] in order to forward the [InputEvent] to other Editor classes. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] # Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types. func _forward_3d_gui_input(camera, event): - return event is InputEventMouseMotion + return EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_STOP if event is InputEventMouseMotion else EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_PASS [/gdscript] [csharp] // Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types. - public override bool _Forward3dGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) + public override EditorPlugin.AfterGUIInput _Forward3dGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) { - return @event is InputEventMouseMotion; + return @event is InputEventMouseMotion ? EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_STOP : EditorPlugin.AFTER_GUI_INPUT_PASS; } [/csharp] [/codeblocks] @@ -185,12 +185,12 @@ Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method _handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 2D viewport. Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] consumes the [param event], otherwise forwards [param event] to other Editor classes. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - # Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. + # Prevents the InputEvent from reaching other Editor classes. func _forward_canvas_gui_input(event): return true [/gdscript] [csharp] - // Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. + // Prevents the InputEvent from reaching other Editor classes. public override bool ForwardCanvasGuiInput(InputEvent @event) { return true; @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func _enter_tree(): plugin_control = preload("my_plugin_control.tscn").instantiate() - get_editor_interface().get_editor_main_control().add_child(plugin_control) + get_editor_interface().get_editor_main_screen().add_child(plugin_control) plugin_control.hide() func _has_main_screen(): @@ -406,6 +406,7 @@ When a given node or resource is selected, the base type will be instantiated (e.g. "Node3D", "Control", "Resource"), then the script will be loaded and set to this object. You can use the virtual method [method _handles] to check if your custom object is being edited by checking the script or using the [code]is[/code] keyword. During run-time, this will be a simple object with a script so this function does not need to be called then. + [b]Note:[/b] Custom types added this way are not true classes. They are just a helper to create a node with specific script. </description> </method> <method name="add_debugger_plugin"> @@ -754,5 +755,14 @@ <constant name="DOCK_SLOT_MAX" value="8" enum="DockSlot"> Represents the size of the [enum DockSlot] enum. </constant> + <constant name="AFTER_GUI_INPUT_PASS" value="0" enum="AfterGUIInput"> + Forwards the [InputEvent] to other EditorPlugins. + </constant> + <constant name="AFTER_GUI_INPUT_STOP" value="1" enum="AfterGUIInput"> + Prevents the [InputEvent] from reaching other Editor classes. + </constant> + <constant name="AFTER_GUI_INPUT_CUSTOM" value="2" enum="AfterGUIInput"> + Pass the [InputEvent] to other editor plugins except the main [Node3D] one. This can be used to prevent node selection changes and work with sub-gizmos instead. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml index 56c1f6e55a..329cd3fe63 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ <method name="set_builtin_action_override"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> - <param index="1" name="actions_list" type="Array" /> + <param index="1" name="actions_list" type="InputEvent[]" /> <description> Overrides the built-in editor action [param name] with the input actions defined in [param actions_list]. </description> @@ -616,8 +616,8 @@ The port number to use to contact the HTTP and HTTPS proxy in the editor (for the asset library and export template downloads). See also [member network/http_proxy/host]. [b]Note:[/b] Godot currently doesn't automatically use system proxy settings, so you have to enter them manually here if needed. </member> - <member name="network/ssl/editor_ssl_certificates" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - The SSL certificate bundle to use for HTTP requests made within the editor (e.g. from the AssetLib tab). If left empty, the [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/blob/master/thirdparty/certs/ca-certificates.crt]included Mozilla certificate bundle[/url] will be used. + <member name="network/tls/editor_tls_certificates" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + The TLS certificate bundle to use for HTTP requests made within the editor (e.g. from the AssetLib tab). If left empty, the [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/blob/master/thirdparty/certs/ca-certificates.crt]included Mozilla certificate bundle[/url] will be used. </member> <member name="project_manager/sorting_order" type="int" setter="" getter=""> The sorting order to use in the project manager. When changing the sorting order in the project manager, this setting is set permanently in the editor settings. @@ -647,9 +647,9 @@ The monitor to display the project on when starting the project from the editor. </member> <member name="text_editor/appearance/caret/caret_blink" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - If [code]true[/code], makes the caret blink according to [member text_editor/appearance/caret/caret_blink_speed]. Disabling this setting can improve battery life on laptops if you spend long amounts of time in the script editor, since it will reduce the frequency at which the editor needs to be redrawn. + If [code]true[/code], makes the caret blink according to [member text_editor/appearance/caret/caret_blink_interval]. Disabling this setting can improve battery life on laptops if you spend long amounts of time in the script editor, since it will reduce the frequency at which the editor needs to be redrawn. </member> - <member name="text_editor/appearance/caret/caret_blink_speed" type="float" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="text_editor/appearance/caret/caret_blink_interval" type="float" setter="" getter=""> The interval at which to blink the caret (in seconds). See also [member text_editor/appearance/caret/caret_blink]. </member> <member name="text_editor/appearance/caret/highlight_all_occurrences" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml index bbae06899c..d028996db8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ <method name="_parse_file" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> - <param index="1" name="msgids" type="Array" /> - <param index="2" name="msgids_context_plural" type="Array" /> + <param index="1" name="msgids" type="String[]" /> + <param index="2" name="msgids_context_plural" type="Array[]" /> <description> Override this method to define a custom parsing logic to extract the translatable strings. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml b/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml index cca6a0591f..b766978c04 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_branch_list" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <return type="Dictionary[]" /> <description> Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch names in the VCS. </description> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_line_diff" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <return type="Dictionary[]" /> <param index="0" name="file_path" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="text" type="String" /> <description> @@ -81,20 +81,20 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_modified_files_data" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <return type="Dictionary[]" /> <description> Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder. </description> </method> <method name="_get_previous_commits" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <return type="Dictionary[]" /> <param index="0" name="max_commits" type="int" /> <description> Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each containing the data for a past commit. </description> </method> <method name="_get_remotes" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <return type="Dictionary[]" /> <description> Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote configured in the VCS. </description> @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ <method name="add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file"> <return type="Dictionary" /> <param index="0" name="diff_file" type="Dictionary" /> - <param index="1" name="diff_hunks" type="Array" /> + <param index="1" name="diff_hunks" type="Dictionary[]" /> <description> Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a [code]diff_file[/code]. </description> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ <method name="add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk"> <return type="Dictionary" /> <param index="0" name="diff_hunk" type="Dictionary" /> - <param index="1" name="line_diffs" type="Array" /> + <param index="1" name="line_diffs" type="Dictionary[]" /> <description> Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a [code]diff_hunk[/code]. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Environment.xml b/doc/classes/Environment.xml index 864dbd423a..695f2cbc66 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Environment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Environment.xml @@ -63,21 +63,6 @@ <member name="ambient_light_source" type="int" setter="set_ambient_source" getter="get_ambient_source" enum="Environment.AmbientSource" default="0"> The ambient light source to use for rendering materials and global illumination. </member> - <member name="auto_exposure_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_tonemap_auto_exposure_enabled" getter="is_tonemap_auto_exposure_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], enables the tonemapping auto exposure mode of the scene renderer. If [code]true[/code], the renderer will automatically determine the exposure setting to adapt to the scene's illumination and the observed light. - </member> - <member name="auto_exposure_max_luma" type="float" setter="set_tonemap_auto_exposure_max" getter="get_tonemap_auto_exposure_max" default="8.0"> - The maximum luminance value for the auto exposure. - </member> - <member name="auto_exposure_min_luma" type="float" setter="set_tonemap_auto_exposure_min" getter="get_tonemap_auto_exposure_min" default="0.05"> - The minimum luminance value for the auto exposure. - </member> - <member name="auto_exposure_scale" type="float" setter="set_tonemap_auto_exposure_grey" getter="get_tonemap_auto_exposure_grey" default="0.4"> - The scale of the auto exposure effect. Affects the intensity of auto exposure. - </member> - <member name="auto_exposure_speed" type="float" setter="set_tonemap_auto_exposure_speed" getter="get_tonemap_auto_exposure_speed" default="0.5"> - The speed of the auto exposure effect. Affects the time needed for the camera to perform auto exposure. - </member> <member name="background_camera_feed_id" type="int" setter="set_camera_feed_id" getter="get_camera_feed_id" default="1"> The ID of the camera feed to show in the background. </member> @@ -87,14 +72,17 @@ <member name="background_color" type="Color" setter="set_bg_color" getter="get_bg_color" default="Color(0, 0, 0, 1)"> The [Color] displayed for clear areas of the scene. Only effective when using the [constant BG_COLOR] background mode. </member> - <member name="background_energy" type="float" setter="set_bg_energy" getter="get_bg_energy" default="1.0"> - The power of the light emitted by the background. + <member name="background_energy_multiplier" type="float" setter="set_bg_energy_multiplier" getter="get_bg_energy_multiplier" default="1.0"> + Multiplier for background energy. Increase to make background brighter, decrease to make background dimmer. + </member> + <member name="background_intensity" type="float" setter="set_bg_intensity" getter="get_bg_intensity" default="30000.0"> + Luminance of background measured in nits (candela per square meter). Only used when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is enabled. The default value is roughly equivalent to the sky at midday. </member> <member name="background_mode" type="int" setter="set_background" getter="get_background" enum="Environment.BGMode" default="0"> The background mode. See [enum BGMode] for possible values. </member> <member name="fog_aerial_perspective" type="float" setter="set_fog_aerial_perspective" getter="get_fog_aerial_perspective" default="0.0"> - Blend factor between the fog's color and the color of the background [Sky]. Must have [member background_mode] set to [constant BG_SKY]. + If set above [code]0.0[/code] (exclusive), blends between the fog's color and the color of the background [Sky]. This has a small performance cost when set above [code]0.0[/code]. Must have [member background_mode] set to [constant BG_SKY]. This is useful to simulate [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aerial_perspective]aerial perspective[/url] in large scenes with low density fog. However, it is not very useful for high-density fog, as the sky will shine through. When set to [code]1.0[/code], the fog color comes completely from the [Sky]. If set to [code]0.0[/code], aerial perspective is disabled. </member> <member name="fog_density" type="float" setter="set_fog_density" getter="get_fog_density" default="0.01"> @@ -115,6 +103,10 @@ <member name="fog_light_energy" type="float" setter="set_fog_light_energy" getter="get_fog_light_energy" default="1.0"> The fog's brightness. Higher values result in brighter fog. </member> + <member name="fog_sky_affect" type="float" setter="set_fog_sky_affect" getter="get_fog_sky_affect" default="1.0"> + The factor to use when affecting the sky with non-volumetric fog. [code]1.0[/code] means that fog can fully obscure the sky. Lower values reduce the impact of fog on sky rendering, with [code]0.0[/code] not affecting sky rendering at all. + [b]Note:[/b] [member fog_sky_affect] has no visual effect if [member fog_aerial_perspective] is [code]1.0[/code]. + </member> <member name="fog_sun_scatter" type="float" setter="set_fog_sun_scatter" getter="get_fog_sun_scatter" default="0.0"> If set above [code]0.0[/code], renders the scene's directional light(s) in the fog color depending on the view angle. This can be used to give the impression that the sun is "piercing" through the fog. </member> @@ -327,6 +319,9 @@ <member name="volumetric_fog_length" type="float" setter="set_volumetric_fog_length" getter="get_volumetric_fog_length" default="64.0"> The distance over which the volumetric fog is computed. Increase to compute fog over a greater range, decrease to add more detail when a long range is not needed. For best quality fog, keep this as low as possible. </member> + <member name="volumetric_fog_sky_affect" type="float" setter="set_volumetric_fog_sky_affect" getter="get_volumetric_fog_sky_affect" default="1.0"> + The factor to use when affecting the sky with volumetric fog. [code]1.0[/code] means that volumetric fog can fully obscure the sky. Lower values reduce the impact of volumetric fog on sky rendering, with [code]0.0[/code] not affecting sky rendering at all. + </member> <member name="volumetric_fog_temporal_reprojection_amount" type="float" setter="set_volumetric_fog_temporal_reprojection_amount" getter="get_volumetric_fog_temporal_reprojection_amount" default="0.9"> The amount by which to blend the last frame with the current frame. A higher number results in smoother volumetric fog, but makes "ghosting" much worse. A lower value reduces ghosting but can result in the per-frame temporal jitter becoming visible. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml b/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml index 43a941c8c8..af04956e61 100644 --- a/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ </constant> </constants> <theme_items> - <theme_item name="file_icon_modulate" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> - The color modulation applied to the file icon. - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="files_disabled" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 0.25)"> + <theme_item name="file_disabled_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 0.25)"> The color tint for disabled files (when the [FileDialog] is used in open folder mode). </theme_item> - <theme_item name="folder_icon_modulate" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> + <theme_item name="file_icon_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> + The color modulation applied to the file icon. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="folder_icon_color" data_type="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> The color modulation applied to the folder icon. </theme_item> <theme_item name="back_folder" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> diff --git a/doc/classes/FlowContainer.xml b/doc/classes/FlowContainer.xml index 256e20447b..d449049ef1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/FlowContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/FlowContainer.xml @@ -17,4 +17,18 @@ </description> </method> </methods> + <members> + <member name="vertical" type="bool" setter="set_vertical" getter="is_vertical" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the [FlowContainer] will arrange its children vertically, rather than horizontally. + Can't be changed when using [HFlowContainer] and [VFlowContainer]. + </member> + </members> + <theme_items> + <theme_item name="h_separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="4"> + The horizontal separation of children nodes. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="v_separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="4"> + The vertical separation of children nodes. + </theme_item> + </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml b/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml index 79a60a9e62..4d8ab91718 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GeometryInstance3D.xml @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="get_instance_shader_uniform" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_instance_shader_parameter" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> - <param index="0" name="uniform" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> </description> </method> @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ Overrides the bounding box of this node with a custom one. To remove it, set an [AABB] with all fields set to zero. </description> </method> - <method name="set_instance_shader_uniform"> + <method name="set_instance_shader_parameter"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="uniform" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml index dc093acdcd..5050ce7715 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml @@ -1,37 +1,38 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="GraphEdit" inherits="Control" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages connection events between them. + GraphEdit is a control responsible for displaying and manipulating graph-like data using [GraphNode]s. It provides access to creation, removal, connection, and disconnection of nodes. </brief_description> <description> - GraphEdit manages the showing of GraphNodes it contains, as well as connections and disconnections between them. Signals are sent for each of these two events. Disconnection between GraphNode slots is disabled by default. - It is greatly advised to enable low-processor usage mode (see [member OS.low_processor_usage_mode]) when using GraphEdits. + GraphEdit provides tools for creation, manipulation, and display of various graphs. Its main purpose in the engine is to power the visual programming systems, such as visual shaders, but it is also available for use in user projects. + GraphEdit by itself is only an empty container, representing an infinite grid where [GraphNode]s can be placed. Each [GraphNode] represent a node in the graph, a single unit of data in the connected scheme. GraphEdit, in turn, helps to control various interactions with nodes and between nodes. When the user attempts to connect, disconnect, or close a [GraphNode], a signal is emitted in the GraphEdit, but no action is taken by default. It is the responsibility of the programmer utilizing this control to implement the necessary logic to determine how each request should be handled. + [b]Performance:[/b] It is greatly advised to enable low-processor usage mode (see [member OS.low_processor_usage_mode]) when using GraphEdits. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="_get_connection_line" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="PackedVector2Array" /> - <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> - <param index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="from_position" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="1" name="to_position" type="Vector2" /> <description> Virtual method which can be overridden to customize how connections are drawn. </description> </method> <method name="_is_in_input_hotzone" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="graph_node" type="Object" /> - <param index="1" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="in_node" type="Object" /> + <param index="1" name="in_port" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="mouse_position" type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns whether the [param mouse_position] is in the input hot zone. - By default, a hot zone is a [Rect2] positioned such that its center is at [param graph_node].[method GraphNode.get_connection_input_position]([param slot_index]) (For output's case, call [method GraphNode.get_connection_output_position] instead). The hot zone's width is twice the Theme Property [code]port_grab_distance_horizontal[/code], and its height is twice the [code]port_grab_distance_vertical[/code]. + By default, a hot zone is a [Rect2] positioned such that its center is at [param in_node].[method GraphNode.get_connection_input_position]([param in_port]) (For output's case, call [method GraphNode.get_connection_output_position] instead). The hot zone's width is twice the Theme Property [code]port_grab_distance_horizontal[/code], and its height is twice the [code]port_grab_distance_vertical[/code]. Below is a sample code to help get started: [codeblock] - func _is_in_input_hotzone(graph_node, slot_index, mouse_position): - var slot_size : Vector2 = Vector2(get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_horizontal"), get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_vertical")) - var slot_pos : Vector2 = graph_node.get_position() + graph_node.get_connection_input_position(slot_index) - slot_size / 2 - var rect = Rect2(slot_pos, slot_size) + func _is_in_input_hotzone(in_node, in_port, mouse_position): + var port_size : Vector2 = Vector2(get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_horizontal"), get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_vertical")) + var port_pos : Vector2 = in_node.get_position() + in_node.get_connection_input_position(in_port) - port_size / 2 + var rect = Rect2(port_pos, port_size) return rect.has_point(mouse_position) [/codeblock] @@ -39,17 +40,17 @@ </method> <method name="_is_in_output_hotzone" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="graph_node" type="Object" /> - <param index="1" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="in_node" type="Object" /> + <param index="1" name="in_port" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="mouse_position" type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns whether the [param mouse_position] is in the output hot zone. For more information on hot zones, see [method _is_in_input_hotzone]. Below is a sample code to help get started: [codeblock] - func _is_in_output_hotzone(graph_node, slot_index, mouse_position): - var slot_size : Vector2 = Vector2(get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_horizontal"), get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_vertical")) - var slot_pos : Vector2 = graph_node.get_position() + graph_node.get_connection_output_position(slot_index) - slot_size / 2 - var rect = Rect2(slot_pos, slot_size) + func _is_in_output_hotzone(in_node, in_port, mouse_position): + var port_size : Vector2 = Vector2(get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_horizontal"), get_theme_constant("port_grab_distance_vertical")) + var port_pos : Vector2 = in_node.get_position() + in_node.get_connection_output_position(in_port) - port_size / 2 + var rect = Rect2(port_pos, port_size) return rect.has_point(mouse_position) [/codeblock] @@ -57,17 +58,17 @@ </method> <method name="_is_node_hover_valid" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> - <param index="1" name="from_slot" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="to" type="StringName" /> - <param index="3" name="to_slot" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="3" name="to_port" type="int" /> <description> This virtual method can be used to insert additional error detection while the user is dragging a connection over a valid port. Return [code]true[/code] if the connection is indeed valid or return [code]false[/code] if the connection is impossible. If the connection is impossible, no snapping to the port and thus no connection request to that port will happen. In this example a connection to same node is suppressed: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - func _is_node_hover_valid(from, from_slot, to, to_slot): + func _is_node_hover_valid(from, from_port, to, to_port): return from != to [/gdscript] [csharp] @@ -83,21 +84,22 @@ <param index="0" name="from_type" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_type" type="int" /> <description> - Makes possible the connection between two different slot types. The type is defined with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method. + Allows the connection between two different port types. The port type is defined individually for the left and the right port of each slot with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method. + See also [method is_valid_connection_type] and [method remove_valid_connection_type]. </description> </method> <method name="add_valid_left_disconnect_type"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="type" type="int" /> <description> - Makes possible to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the left if it has the specified type. + Allows to disconnect nodes when dragging from the left port of the [GraphNode]'s slot if it has the specified type. See also [method remove_valid_left_disconnect_type]. </description> </method> <method name="add_valid_right_disconnect_type"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="type" type="int" /> <description> - Makes possible to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the right if it has the specified type. + Allows to disconnect nodes when dragging from the right port of the [GraphNode]'s slot if it has the specified type. See also [method remove_valid_right_disconnect_type]. </description> </method> <method name="arrange_nodes"> @@ -114,22 +116,22 @@ </method> <method name="connect_node"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="to" type="StringName" /> + <param index="2" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="3" name="to_port" type="int" /> <description> - Create a connection between the [param from_port] slot of the [param from] GraphNode and the [param to_port] slot of the [param to] GraphNode. If the connection already exists, no connection is created. + Create a connection between the [param from_port] of the [param from_node] [GraphNode] and the [param to_port] of the [param to_node] [GraphNode]. If the connection already exists, no connection is created. </description> </method> <method name="disconnect_node"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="to" type="StringName" /> + <param index="2" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="3" name="to_port" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the connection between the [param from_port] slot of the [param from] GraphNode and the [param to_port] slot of the [param to] GraphNode. If the connection does not exist, no connection is removed. + Removes the connection between the [param from_port] of the [param from_node] [GraphNode] and the [param to_port] of the [param to_node] [GraphNode]. If the connection does not exist, no connection is removed. </description> </method> <method name="force_connection_drag_end"> @@ -142,10 +144,10 @@ </method> <method name="get_connection_line"> <return type="PackedVector2Array" /> - <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> - <param index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="1" name="to_node" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Returns the points which would make up a connection between [param from] and [param to]. + Returns the points which would make up a connection between [param from_node] and [param to_node]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_list" qualifiers="const"> @@ -163,12 +165,12 @@ </method> <method name="is_node_connected"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="to" type="StringName" /> + <param index="2" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="3" name="to_port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [param from_port] slot of the [param from] GraphNode is connected to the [param to_port] slot of the [param to] GraphNode. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [param from_port] of the [param from_node] [GraphNode] is connected to the [param to_port] of the [param to_node] [GraphNode]. </description> </method> <method name="is_valid_connection_type" qualifiers="const"> @@ -176,7 +178,8 @@ <param index="0" name="from_type" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_type" type="int" /> <description> - Returns whether it's possible to connect slots of the specified types. + Returns whether it's possible to make a connection between two different port types. The port type is defined individually for the left and the right port of each slot with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method. + See also [method add_valid_connection_type] and [method remove_valid_connection_type]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_valid_connection_type"> @@ -184,32 +187,33 @@ <param index="0" name="from_type" type="int" /> <param index="1" name="to_type" type="int" /> <description> - Makes it not possible to connect between two different slot types. The type is defined with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method. + Disallows the connection between two different port types previously allowed by [method add_valid_connection_type]. The port type is defined individually for the left and the right port of each slot with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method. + See also [method is_valid_connection_type]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_valid_left_disconnect_type"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="type" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the possibility to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the left if it has the specified type. + Disallows to disconnect nodes when dragging from the left port of the [GraphNode]'s slot if it has the specified type. Use this to disable disconnection previously allowed with [method add_valid_left_disconnect_type]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_valid_right_disconnect_type"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="type" type="int" /> <description> - Removes the possibility to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the right if it has the specified type. + Disallows to disconnect nodes when dragging from the right port of the [GraphNode]'s slot if it has the specified type. Use this to disable disconnection previously allowed with [method add_valid_right_disconnect_type]. </description> </method> <method name="set_connection_activity"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="to" type="StringName" /> + <param index="2" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> <param index="3" name="to_port" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="amount" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the coloration of the connection between [param from]'s [param from_port] and [param to]'s [param to_port] with the color provided in the [theme_item activity] theme property. + Sets the coloration of the connection between [param from_node]'s [param from_port] and [param to_node]'s [param to_port] with the color provided in the [theme_item activity] theme property. </description> </method> <method name="set_selected"> @@ -287,36 +291,36 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="connection_drag_started"> - <param index="0" name="from" type="String" /> - <param index="1" name="slot" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="String" /> + <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="is_output" type="bool" /> <description> Emitted at the beginning of a connection drag. </description> </signal> <signal name="connection_from_empty"> - <param index="0" name="to" type="StringName" /> - <param index="1" name="to_slot" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="1" name="to_port" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="release_position" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Emitted when user dragging connection from input port into empty space of the graph. + Emitted when user drags a connection from an input port into the empty space of the graph. </description> </signal> <signal name="connection_request"> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> - <param index="1" name="from_slot" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="to" type="StringName" /> - <param index="3" name="to_slot" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="3" name="to_port" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between the [param from_slot] slot of the [param from] GraphNode and the [param to_slot] slot of the [param to] GraphNode is attempted to be created. + Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between the [param from_port] of the [param from_node] [GraphNode] and the [param to_port] of the [param to_node] [GraphNode] is attempted to be created. </description> </signal> <signal name="connection_to_empty"> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> - <param index="1" name="from_slot" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="release_position" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Emitted when user dragging connection from output port into empty space of the graph. + Emitted when user drags a connection from an output port into the empty space of the graph. </description> </signal> <signal name="copy_nodes_request"> @@ -331,12 +335,12 @@ </description> </signal> <signal name="disconnection_request"> - <param index="0" name="from" type="StringName" /> - <param index="1" name="from_slot" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="to" type="StringName" /> - <param index="3" name="to_slot" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="from_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="1" name="from_port" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="to_node" type="StringName" /> + <param index="3" name="to_port" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between [param from_slot] slot of [param from] GraphNode and [param to_slot] slot of [param to] GraphNode is attempted to be removed. + Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between [param from_port] of [param from_node] [GraphNode] and [param to_port] of [param to_node] [GraphNode] is attempted to be removed. </description> </signal> <signal name="duplicate_nodes_request"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml index ebd4525b19..16386ff81b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="GraphNode" inherits="Container" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A GraphNode is a container with potentially several input and output slots allowing connections between GraphNodes. Slots can have different, incompatible types. + GraphNode is a [Container] control that represents a single data unit in a [GraphEdit] graph. You can customize the number, type, and color of left- and right-side connection ports. </brief_description> <description> - A GraphNode is a container. Each GraphNode can have several input and output slots, sometimes referred to as ports, allowing connections between GraphNodes. To add a slot to GraphNode, add any [Control]-derived child node to it. - After adding at least one child to GraphNode new sections will be automatically created in the Inspector called 'Slot'. When 'Slot' is expanded you will see list with index number for each slot. You can click on each of them to expand further. - In the Inspector you can enable (show) or disable (hide) slots. By default, all slots are disabled so you may not see any slots on your GraphNode initially. You can assign a type to each slot. Only slots of the same type will be able to connect to each other. You can also assign colors to slots. A tuple of input and output slots is defined for each GUI element included in the GraphNode. Input connections are on the left and output connections are on the right side of GraphNode. Only enabled slots are counted as connections. + GraphNode allows to create nodes for a [GraphEdit] graph with customizable content based on its child [Control]s. GraphNode is a [Container] and is responsible for placing its children on screen. This works similar to [VBoxContainer]. Children, in turn, provide GraphNode with so-called slots, each of which can have a connection port on either side. This is similar to how [TabContainer] uses children to create the tabs. + Each GraphNode slot is defined by its index and can provide the node with up to two ports: one on the left, and one on the right. By convention the left port is also referred to as the input port and the right port is referred to as the output port. Each port can be enabled and configured individually, using different type and color. The type is an arbitrary value that you can define using your own considerations. The parent [GraphEdit] will receive this information on each connect and disconnect request. + Slots can be configured in the Inspector dock once you add at least one child [Control]. The properties are grouped by each slot's index in the "Slot" section. + [b]Note:[/b] While GraphNode is set up using slots and slot indices, connections are made between the ports which are enabled. Because of that [GraphEdit] uses port's index and not slot's index. You can use [method get_connection_input_slot] and [method get_connection_output_slot] to get the slot index from the port index. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -19,16 +20,16 @@ </method> <method name="clear_slot"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Disables input and output slot whose index is [param idx]. + Disables input and output slot whose index is [param slot_index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_color"> <return type="Color" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Color] of the input connection [param idx]. + Returns the [Color] of the input connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_count"> @@ -39,30 +40,37 @@ </method> <method name="get_connection_input_height"> <return type="int" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the height of the input connection [param idx]. + Returns the height of the input connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_position"> <return type="Vector2" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the position of the input connection [param port]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_connection_input_slot"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the position of the input connection [param idx]. + Returns the corresponding slot index of the input connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_type"> <return type="int" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the type of the input connection [param idx]. + Returns the type of the input connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_color"> <return type="Color" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the [Color] of the output connection [param idx]. + Returns the [Color] of the output connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_count"> @@ -73,150 +81,157 @@ </method> <method name="get_connection_output_height"> <return type="int" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the height of the output connection [param idx]. + Returns the height of the output connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_position"> <return type="Vector2" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the position of the output connection [param idx]. + Returns the position of the output connection [param port]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_connection_output_slot"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the corresponding slot index of the output connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_type"> <return type="int" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the type of the output connection [param idx]. + Returns the type of the output connection [param port]. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_color_left" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the left (input) [Color] of the slot [param idx]. + Returns the left (input) [Color] of the slot [param slot_index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_color_right" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the right (output) [Color] of the slot [param idx]. + Returns the right (output) [Color] of the slot [param slot_index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_type_left" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the left (input) type of the slot [param idx]. + Returns the left (input) type of the slot [param slot_index]. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_type_right" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the right (output) type of the slot [param idx]. + Returns the right (output) type of the slot [param slot_index]. </description> </method> <method name="is_slot_draw_stylebox" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns true if the background [StyleBox] of the slot [param idx] is drawn. + Returns true if the background [StyleBox] of the slot [param slot_index] is drawn. </description> </method> <method name="is_slot_enabled_left" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if left (input) side of the slot [param idx] is enabled. + Returns [code]true[/code] if left (input) side of the slot [param slot_index] is enabled. </description> </method> <method name="is_slot_enabled_right" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) side of the slot [param idx] is enabled. + Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) side of the slot [param slot_index] is enabled. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="enable_left" type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="enable_left_port" type="bool" /> <param index="2" name="type_left" type="int" /> <param index="3" name="color_left" type="Color" /> - <param index="4" name="enable_right" type="bool" /> + <param index="4" name="enable_right_port" type="bool" /> <param index="5" name="type_right" type="int" /> <param index="6" name="color_right" type="Color" /> - <param index="7" name="custom_left" type="Texture2D" default="null" /> - <param index="8" name="custom_right" type="Texture2D" default="null" /> - <param index="9" name="enable" type="bool" default="true" /> - <description> - Sets properties of the slot with ID [param idx]. - If [param enable_left]/[param enable_right], a port will appear and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. - [param type_left]/[param type_right] is an arbitrary type of the port. Only ports with the same type values can be connected and negative values will disallow all connections to be made via user inputs. - [param color_left]/[param color_right] is the tint of the port's icon on this side. - [param custom_left]/[param custom_right] is a custom texture for this side's port. - [b]Note:[/b] This method only sets properties of the slot. To create the slot, add a [Control]-derived child to the GraphNode. - Individual properties can be set using one of the [code]set_slot_*[/code] methods. You must enable at least one side of the slot to do so. + <param index="7" name="custom_icon_left" type="Texture2D" default="null" /> + <param index="8" name="custom_icon_right" type="Texture2D" default="null" /> + <param index="9" name="draw_stylebox" type="bool" default="true" /> + <description> + Sets properties of the slot with the [param slot_index] index. + If [param enable_left_port]/[param enable_right_port] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. + With [param type_left]/[param type_right] an arbitrary type can be assigned to each port. Two ports can be connected if they share the same type, or if the connection between their types is allowed in the parent [GraphEdit] (see [method GraphEdit.add_valid_connection_type]). Keep in mind that the [GraphEdit] has the final say in accepting the connection. Type compatibility simply allows the [signal GraphEdit.connection_request] signal to be emitted. + Ports can be further customized using [param color_left]/[param color_right] and [param custom_icon_left]/[param custom_icon_right]. The color parameter adds a tint to the icon. The custom icon can be used to override the default port dot. + Additionally, [param draw_stylebox] can be used to enable or disable drawing of the background stylebox for each slot. See [theme_item slot]. + Individual properties can also be set using one of the [code]set_slot_*[/code] methods. + [b]Note:[/b] This method only sets properties of the slot. To create the slot itself, add a [Control]-derived child to the GraphNode. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot_color_left"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="color_left" type="Color" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Sets the [Color] of the left (input) side of the slot [param idx] to [param color_left]. + Sets the [Color] of the left (input) side of the slot [param slot_index] to [param color]. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot_color_right"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="color_right" type="Color" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> - Sets the [Color] of the right (output) side of the slot [param idx] to [param color_right]. + Sets the [Color] of the right (output) side of the slot [param slot_index] to [param color]. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot_draw_stylebox"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="draw_stylebox" type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Toggles the background [StyleBox] of the slot [param idx]. + Toggles the background [StyleBox] of the slot [param slot_index]. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot_enabled_left"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="enable_left" type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Toggles the left (input) side of the slot [param idx]. If [param enable_left] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the left side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. + Toggles the left (input) side of the slot [param slot_index]. If [param enable] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the left side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot_enabled_right"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="enable_right" type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> <description> - Toggles the right (output) side of the slot [param idx]. If [param enable_right] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the right side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. + Toggles the right (output) side of the slot [param slot_index]. If [param enable] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the right side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot_type_left"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="type_left" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="type" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the left (input) type of the slot [param idx] to [param type_left]. If the value is negative, all connections will be disallowed to be created via user inputs. + Sets the left (input) type of the slot [param slot_index] to [param type]. If the value is negative, all connections will be disallowed to be created via user inputs. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot_type_right"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="type_right" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="slot_index" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="type" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the right (output) type of the slot [param idx] to [param type_right]. If the value is negative, all connections will be disallowed to be created via user inputs. + Sets the right (output) type of the slot [param slot_index] to [param type]. If the value is negative, all connections will be disallowed to be created via user inputs. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -265,6 +280,11 @@ Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be closed. Happens on clicking the close button (see [member show_close]). </description> </signal> + <signal name="deselected"> + <description> + Emitted when the GraphNode is deselected. + </description> + </signal> <signal name="dragged"> <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> <param index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> @@ -288,6 +308,11 @@ Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be resized. Happens on dragging the resizer handle (see [member resizable]). </description> </signal> + <signal name="selected"> + <description> + Emitted when the GraphNode is selected. + </description> + </signal> <signal name="slot_updated"> <param index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml b/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml index 8137e26b8c..13915bd762 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ <theme_item name="autohide" data_type="constant" type="int" default="1"> Boolean value. If 1 ([code]true[/code]), the grabber will hide automatically when it isn't under the cursor. If 0 ([code]false[/code]), it's always visible. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="minimum_grab_thickness" data_type="constant" type="int" default="6"> + The minimum thickness of the area users can click on to grab the splitting line. If [theme_item separation] or [theme_item grabber]'s thickness are too small, this ensure that the splitting line can still be dragged. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="12"> The space between sides of the container. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml index 332ce9d8f4..b3ed38d250 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ Hyper-text transfer protocol client (sometimes called "User Agent"). Used to make HTTP requests to download web content, upload files and other data or to communicate with various services, among other use cases. See the [HTTPRequest] node for a higher-level alternative. [b]Note:[/b] This client only needs to connect to a host once (see [method connect_to_host]) to send multiple requests. Because of this, methods that take URLs usually take just the part after the host instead of the full URL, as the client is already connected to a host. See [method request] for a full example and to get started. - A [HTTPClient] should be reused between multiple requests or to connect to different hosts instead of creating one client per request. Supports SSL and SSL server certificate verification. HTTP status codes in the 2xx range indicate success, 3xx redirection (i.e. "try again, but over here"), 4xx something was wrong with the request, and 5xx something went wrong on the server's side. + A [HTTPClient] should be reused between multiple requests or to connect to different hosts instead of creating one client per request. Supports Transport Layer Security (TLS), including server certificate verification. HTTP status codes in the 2xx range indicate success, 3xx redirection (i.e. "try again, but over here"), 4xx something was wrong with the request, and 5xx something went wrong on the server's side. For more information on HTTP, see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP (or read RFC 2616 to get it straight from the source: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616). [b]Note:[/b] When exporting to Android, make sure to enable the [code]INTERNET[/code] permission in the Android export preset before exporting the project or using one-click deploy. Otherwise, network communication of any kind will be blocked by Android. - [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to use transport encryption (SSL/TLS) and to avoid sending sensitive information (such as login credentials) in HTTP GET URL parameters. Consider using HTTP POST requests or HTTP headers for such information instead. + [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to use transport encryption (TLS) and to avoid sending sensitive information (such as login credentials) in HTTP GET URL parameters. Consider using HTTP POST requests or HTTP headers for such information instead. [b]Note:[/b] When performing HTTP requests from a project exported to Web, keep in mind the remote server may not allow requests from foreign origins due to [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS]CORS[/url]. If you host the server in question, you should modify its backend to allow requests from foreign origins by adding the [code]Access-Control-Allow-Origin: *[/code] HTTP header. - [b]Note:[/b] SSL/TLS support is currently limited to TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and TLS 1.2. Attempting to connect to a TLS 1.3-only server will return an error. - [b]Warning:[/b] SSL/TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically managed certificates with a short validity period. + [b]Note:[/b] TLS support is currently limited to TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and TLS 1.2. Attempting to connect to a TLS 1.3-only server will return an error. + [b]Warning:[/b] TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically managed certificates with a short validity period. </description> <tutorials> <link title="HTTP client class">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/http_client_class.html</link> - <link title="SSL certificates">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> + <link title="TLS certificates">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="close"> @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="host" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="port" type="int" default="-1" /> - <param index="2" name="use_ssl" type="bool" default="false" /> + <param index="2" name="use_tls" type="bool" default="false" /> <param index="3" name="verify_host" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> Connects to a host. This needs to be done before any requests are sent. The host should not have http:// prepended but will strip the protocol identifier if provided. - If no [param port] is specified (or [code]-1[/code] is used), it is automatically set to 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS (if [param use_ssl] is enabled). - [param verify_host] will check the SSL identity of the host if set to [code]true[/code]. + If no [param port] is specified (or [code]-1[/code] is used), it is automatically set to 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS (if [param use_tls] is enabled). + [param verify_host] will check the TLS identity of the host if set to [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_response_body_length" qualifiers="const"> @@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ <constant name="STATUS_CONNECTION_ERROR" value="8" enum="Status"> Status: Error in HTTP connection. </constant> - <constant name="STATUS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_ERROR" value="9" enum="Status"> - Status: Error in SSL handshake. + <constant name="STATUS_TLS_HANDSHAKE_ERROR" value="9" enum="Status"> + Status: Error in TLS handshake. </constant> <constant name="RESPONSE_CONTINUE" value="100" enum="ResponseCode"> HTTP status code [code]100 Continue[/code]. Interim response that indicates everything so far is OK and that the client should continue with the request (or ignore this status if already finished). diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml index 4b098bf585..64a3315308 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <description> A node with the ability to send HTTP requests. Uses [HTTPClient] internally. Can be used to make HTTP requests, i.e. download or upload files or web content via HTTP. - [b]Warning:[/b] See the notes and warnings on [HTTPClient] for limitations, especially regarding SSL security. + [b]Warning:[/b] See the notes and warnings on [HTTPClient] for limitations, especially regarding TLS security. [b]Note:[/b] When exporting to Android, make sure to enable the [code]INTERNET[/code] permission in the Android export preset before exporting the project or using one-click deploy. Otherwise, network communication of any kind will be blocked by Android. [b]Example of contacting a REST API and printing one of its returned fields:[/b] [codeblocks] @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ </description> <tutorials> <link title="Making HTTP requests">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/http_request_class.html</link> - <link title="SSL certificates">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> + <link title="TLS certificates">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="cancel_request"> @@ -189,21 +189,21 @@ <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="url" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="custom_headers" type="PackedStringArray" default="PackedStringArray()" /> - <param index="2" name="ssl_validate_domain" type="bool" default="true" /> + <param index="2" name="tls_validate_domain" type="bool" default="true" /> <param index="3" name="method" type="int" enum="HTTPClient.Method" default="0" /> <param index="4" name="request_data" type="String" default="""" /> <description> Creates request on the underlying [HTTPClient]. If there is no configuration errors, it tries to connect using [method HTTPClient.connect_to_host] and passes parameters onto [method HTTPClient.request]. Returns [constant OK] if request is successfully created. (Does not imply that the server has responded), [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if not in the tree, [constant ERR_BUSY] if still processing previous request, [constant ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER] if given string is not a valid URL format, or [constant ERR_CANT_CONNECT] if not using thread and the [HTTPClient] cannot connect to host. [b]Note:[/b] When [param method] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET], the payload sent via [param request_data] might be ignored by the server or even cause the server to reject the request (check [url=https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7231#section-4.3.1]RFC 7231 section 4.3.1[/url] for more details). As a workaround, you can send data as a query string in the URL (see [method String.uri_encode] for an example). - [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to use transport encryption (SSL/TLS) and to avoid sending sensitive information (such as login credentials) in HTTP GET URL parameters. Consider using HTTP POST requests or HTTP headers for such information instead. + [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to use transport encryption (TLS) and to avoid sending sensitive information (such as login credentials) in HTTP GET URL parameters. Consider using HTTP POST requests or HTTP headers for such information instead. </description> </method> <method name="request_raw"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="url" type="String" /> <param index="1" name="custom_headers" type="PackedStringArray" default="PackedStringArray()" /> - <param index="2" name="ssl_validate_domain" type="bool" default="true" /> + <param index="2" name="tls_validate_domain" type="bool" default="true" /> <param index="3" name="method" type="int" enum="HTTPClient.Method" default="0" /> <param index="4" name="request_data_raw" type="PackedByteArray" default="PackedByteArray()" /> <description> @@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ <constant name="RESULT_CONNECTION_ERROR" value="4" enum="Result"> Request failed due to connection (read/write) error. </constant> - <constant name="RESULT_SSL_HANDSHAKE_ERROR" value="5" enum="Result"> - Request failed on SSL handshake. + <constant name="RESULT_TLS_HANDSHAKE_ERROR" value="5" enum="Result"> + Request failed on TLS handshake. </constant> <constant name="RESULT_NO_RESPONSE" value="6" enum="Result"> Request does not have a response (yet). diff --git a/doc/classes/ImageTextureLayered.xml b/doc/classes/ImageTextureLayered.xml index c0ad19ddd7..f5b338542b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ImageTextureLayered.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ImageTextureLayered.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <methods> <method name="create_from_images"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> - <param index="0" name="images" type="Array" /> + <param index="0" name="images" type="Image[]" /> <description> </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/ImporterMesh.xml b/doc/classes/ImporterMesh.xml index e15cfcd2c0..1c9655c266 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ImporterMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ImporterMesh.xml @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="primitive" type="int" enum="Mesh.PrimitiveType" /> <param index="1" name="arrays" type="Array" /> - <param index="2" name="blend_shapes" type="Array" default="[]" /> + <param index="2" name="blend_shapes" type="Array[]" default="[]" /> <param index="3" name="lods" type="Dictionary" default="{}" /> <param index="4" name="material" type="Material" default="null" /> <param index="5" name="name" type="String" default="""" /> @@ -43,10 +43,12 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="normal_merge_angle" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="normal_split_angle" type="float" /> + <param index="2" name="bone_transform_array" type="Array" /> <description> Generates all lods for this ImporterMesh. [param normal_merge_angle] and [param normal_split_angle] are in degrees and used in the same way as the importer settings in [code]lods[/code]. As a good default, use 25 and 60 respectively. The number of generated lods can be accessed using [method get_surface_lod_count], and each LOD is available in [method get_surface_lod_size] and [method get_surface_lod_indices]. + [param bone_transform_array] is an [Array] which can be either empty or contain [Transform3D]s which, for each of the mesh's bone IDs, will apply mesh skinning when generating the LOD mesh variations. This is usually used to account for discrepancies in scale between the mesh itself and its skinning data. </description> </method> <method name="get_blend_shape_count" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml index b4a276f6ac..d0453156d5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml @@ -9,27 +9,30 @@ <tutorials> <link title="InputEvent">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="is_command_or_control_pressed" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + On macOS, returns [code]true[/code] if [kbd]Meta[/kbd] ([kbd]Command[/kbd]) is pressed. + On other platforms, returns [code]true[/code] if [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] is pressed. + </description> + </method> + </methods> <members> <member name="alt_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_alt_pressed" getter="is_alt_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Alt[/kbd] modifier. </member> - <member name="command_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_command_pressed" getter="is_command_pressed" default="false"> - State of the [kbd]Cmd[/kbd] modifier. On macOS, this is equivalent to [member meta_pressed]. On other platforms, this is equivalent to [member ctrl_pressed]. - This modifier should be preferred to [member ctrl_pressed] or [member meta_pressed] for system shortcuts, as it maintains better cross-platform compatibility. + <member name="command_or_control_autoremap" type="bool" setter="set_command_or_control_autoremap" getter="is_command_or_control_autoremap" default="false"> + Automaticaly use [kbd]Meta[/kbd] ([kbd]Command[/kbd]) on macOS and [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] on other platforms. If [code]true[/code], [member ctrl_pressed] and [member meta_pressed] cannot be set. </member> <member name="ctrl_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_ctrl_pressed" getter="is_ctrl_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] modifier. </member> <member name="meta_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_meta_pressed" getter="is_meta_pressed" default="false"> - State of the [kbd]Meta[/kbd] modifier. On Windows and Linux, this represents the Windows key (sometimes called "meta" or "super" on Linux). On macOS, this represents the Command key, and is equivalent to [member command_pressed]. - For better cross-system compatibility, use [member command_pressed] instead. + State of the [kbd]Meta[/kbd] modifier. On Windows and Linux, this represents the Windows key (sometimes called "meta" or "super" on Linux). On macOS, this represents the Command key. </member> <member name="shift_pressed" type="bool" setter="set_shift_pressed" getter="is_shift_pressed" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Shift[/kbd] modifier. </member> - <member name="store_command" type="bool" setter="set_store_command" getter="is_storing_command" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], pressing [kbd]Cmd[/kbd] on macOS or [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] on all other platforms will both be serialized as [member command_pressed]. If [code]false[/code], those same keys will be serialized as [member meta_pressed] on macOS and [member ctrl_pressed] on all other platforms. - This aids with cross-platform compatibility when developing e.g. on Windows for macOS, or vice-versa. - </member> </members> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml index 75a0e1cef7..844f260971 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ The width all columns will be adjusted to. A value of zero disables the adjustment, each item will have a width equal to the width of its content and the columns will have an uneven width. </member> - <member name="fixed_icon_size" type="Vector2" setter="set_fixed_icon_size" getter="get_fixed_icon_size" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> + <member name="fixed_icon_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_fixed_icon_size" getter="get_fixed_icon_size" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> The size all icons will be adjusted to. If either X or Y component is not greater than zero, icon size won't be affected. </member> @@ -469,18 +469,18 @@ <theme_item name="font_size" data_type="font_size" type="int"> Font size of the item's text. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="bg" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> - Default [StyleBox] for the [ItemList], i.e. used when the control is not being focused. - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="bg_focus" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> - [StyleBox] used when the [ItemList] is being focused. - </theme_item> <theme_item name="cursor" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [ItemList] is being focused. </theme_item> <theme_item name="cursor_unfocused" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [ItemList] is not being focused. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="focus" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> + The focused style for the [ItemList], drawn on top of the background, but below everything else. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="panel" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> + The background style for the [ItemList]. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="selected" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [ItemList] is not being focused. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml b/doc/classes/JavaScriptBridge.xml index c838422e85..5e36b5cc80 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JavaScriptBridge.xml @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="JavaScript" inherits="Object" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="JavaScriptBridge" inherits="Object" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> Singleton that connects the engine with the browser's JavaScript context in Web export. </brief_description> <description> - The JavaScript singleton is implemented only in the Web export. It's used to access the browser's JavaScript context. This allows interaction with embedding pages or calling third-party JavaScript APIs. - [b]Note:[/b] This singleton can be disabled at build-time to improve security. By default, the JavaScript singleton is enabled. Official export templates also have the JavaScript singleton enabled. See [url=$DOCS_URL/development/compiling/compiling_for_web.html]Compiling for the Web[/url] in the documentation for more information. + The JavaScriptBridge singleton is implemented only in the Web export. It's used to access the browser's JavaScript context. This allows interaction with embedding pages or calling third-party JavaScript APIs. + [b]Note:[/b] This singleton can be disabled at build-time to improve security. By default, the JavaScriptBridge singleton is enabled. Official export templates also have the JavaScriptBridge singleton enabled. See [url=$DOCS_URL/development/compiling/compiling_for_web.html]Compiling for the Web[/url] in the documentation for more information. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Exporting for the Web: Calling JavaScript from script">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/export/exporting_for_web.html#calling-javascript-from-script</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml b/doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml index e279acf5a4..26792bd19e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="JavaScriptObject" inherits="RefCounted" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A wrapper class for native JavaScript objects. + A wrapper class for web native JavaScript objects. </brief_description> <description> - JavaScriptObject is used to interact with JavaScript objects retrieved or created via [method JavaScript.get_interface], [method JavaScript.create_object], or [method JavaScript.create_callback]. + JavaScriptObject is used to interact with JavaScript objects retrieved or created via [method JavaScriptBridge.get_interface], [method JavaScriptBridge.create_object], or [method JavaScriptBridge.create_callback]. Example: [codeblock] extends Node - var _my_js_callback = JavaScript.create_callback(self, "myCallback") # This reference must be kept - var console = JavaScript.get_interface("console") + var _my_js_callback = JavaScriptBridge.create_callback(self, "myCallback") # This reference must be kept + var console = JavaScriptBridge.get_interface("console") func _init(): - var buf = JavaScript.create_object("ArrayBuffer", 10) # new ArrayBuffer(10) + var buf = JavaScriptBridge.create_object("ArrayBuffer", 10) # new ArrayBuffer(10) print(buf) # prints [JavaScriptObject:OBJECT_ID] - var uint8arr = JavaScript.create_object("Uint8Array", buf) # new Uint8Array(buf) + var uint8arr = JavaScriptBridge.create_object("Uint8Array", buf) # new Uint8Array(buf) uint8arr[1] = 255 prints(uint8arr[1], uint8arr.byteLength) # prints 255 10 console.log(uint8arr) # prints in browser console "Uint8Array(10) [ 0, 255, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ]" - # Equivalent of JavaScript: Array.from(uint8arr).forEach(myCallback) - JavaScript.get_interface("Array").from(uint8arr).forEach(_my_js_callback) + # Equivalent of JavaScriptBridge: Array.from(uint8arr).forEach(myCallback) + JavaScriptBridge.get_interface("Array").from(uint8arr).forEach(_my_js_callback) func myCallback(args): # Will be called with the parameters passed to the "forEach" callback diff --git a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml index cc8484d9fa..e9ebbc0a41 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml @@ -11,6 +11,12 @@ <link title="Third Person Shooter Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="get_correlated_color" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Color" /> + <description> + Returns the [Color] of an idealized blackbody at the given [member light_temperature]. This value is calculated internally based on the [member light_temperature]. This [Color] is multiplied by [member light_color] before being sent to the [RenderingServer]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_param" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="Light3D.Param" /> @@ -67,6 +73,15 @@ Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces). Used with [VoxelGI] and SDFGI (see [member Environment.sdfgi_enabled]). [b]Note:[/b] This property is ignored if [member light_energy] is equal to [code]0.0[/code], as the light won't be present at all in the GI shader. </member> + <member name="light_intensity_lumens" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param"> + Used by positional lights ([OmniLight3D] and [SpotLight3D]) when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is [code]true[/code]. Sets the intensity of the light source measured in Lumens. Lumens are a measure of luminous flux, which is the total amount of visible light emitted by a light source per unit of time. + For [SpotLight3D]s, we assume that the area outside the visible cone is surrounded by a perfect light absorbing material. Accordingly, the apparent brightness of the cone area does not change as the cone increases and decreases in size. + A typical household lightbulb can range from around 600 lumens to 1,200 lumens, a candle is about 13 lumens, while a streetlight can be approximately 60,000 lumens. + </member> + <member name="light_intensity_lux" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param"> + Used by [DirectionalLight3D]s when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is [code]true[/code]. Sets the intensity of the light source measured in Lux. Lux is a measure pf luminous flux per unit area, it is equal to one lumen per square metre. Lux is the measure of how much light hits a surface at a given time. + On a clear sunny day a surface in direct sunlight may be approximately 100,000 lux, a typical room in a home may be approximately 50 lux, while the moonlit ground may be approximately 0.1 lux. + </member> <member name="light_negative" type="bool" setter="set_negative" getter="is_negative" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the light's effect is reversed, darkening areas and casting bright shadows. </member> @@ -80,6 +95,10 @@ <member name="light_specular" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.5"> The intensity of the specular blob in objects affected by the light. At [code]0[/code], the light becomes a pure diffuse light. When not baking emission, this can be used to avoid unrealistic reflections when placing lights above an emissive surface. </member> + <member name="light_temperature" type="float" setter="set_temperature" getter="get_temperature"> + Sets the color temperature of the light source, measured in Kelvin. This is used to calculate a correlated color temperature which tints the [member light_color]. + The sun on a cloudy day is approximately 6500 Kelvin, on a clear day it is between 5500 to 6000 Kelvin, and on a clear day at sunrise or sunset it ranges to around 1850 Kelvin. + </member> <member name="light_volumetric_fog_energy" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="1.0"> Secondary multiplier multiplied with [member light_energy] then used with the [Environment]'s volumetric fog (if enabled). If set to [code]0.0[/code], computing volumetric fog will be skipped for this light, which can improve performance for large amounts of lights when volumetric fog is enabled. [b]Note:[/b] To prevent short-lived dynamic light effects from poorly interacting with volumetric fog, lights used in those effects should have [member light_volumetric_fog_energy] set to [code]0.0[/code] unless [member Environment.volumetric_fog_temporal_reprojection_enabled] is disabled (or unless the reprojection amount is significantly lowered). @@ -166,7 +185,10 @@ <constant name="PARAM_TRANSMITTANCE_BIAS" value="19" enum="Param"> Constant for accessing [member shadow_transmittance_bias]. </constant> - <constant name="PARAM_MAX" value="20" enum="Param"> + <constant name="PARAM_INTENSITY" value="20" enum="Param"> + Constant for accessing [member light_intensity_lumens] and [member light_intensity_lux]. Only used when [member ProjectSettings.rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units] is [code]true[/code]. + </constant> + <constant name="PARAM_MAX" value="21" enum="Param"> Represents the size of the [enum Param] enum. </constant> <constant name="BAKE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="BakeMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/LightmapGI.xml b/doc/classes/LightmapGI.xml index c0766cd1ec..dd8c7be489 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LightmapGI.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LightmapGI.xml @@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ <member name="bounces" type="int" setter="set_bounces" getter="get_bounces" default="1"> Number of light bounces that are taken into account during baking. Higher values result in brighter, more realistic lighting, at the cost of longer bake times. If set to [code]0[/code], only environment lighting, direct light and emissive lighting is baked. </member> + <member name="camera_attributes" type="CameraAttributes" setter="set_camera_attributes" getter="get_camera_attributes"> + The [CameraAttributes] resource that specifies exposure levels to bake at. Auto-exposure and non exposure properties will be ignored. Exposure settings should be used to reduce the dynamic range present when baking. If exposure is too high, the [LightmapGI] will have banding artifacts or may have over-exposure artifacts. + </member> <member name="directional" type="bool" setter="set_directional" getter="is_directional" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], bakes lightmaps to contain directional information as spherical harmonics. This results in more realistic lighting appearance, especially with normal mapped materials and for lights that have their direct light baked ([member Light3D.light_bake_mode] set to [constant Light3D.BAKE_STATIC]). The directional information is also used to provide rough reflections for static and dynamic objects. This has a small run-time performance cost as the shader has to perform more work to interpret the direction information from the lightmap. Directional lightmaps also take longer to bake and result in larger file sizes. [b]Note:[/b] The property's name has no relationship with [DirectionalLight3D]. [member directional] works with all light types. diff --git a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml index f8f2375a71..14fb864ca8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ <member name="caret_blink" type="bool" setter="set_caret_blink_enabled" getter="is_caret_blink_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the caret (text cursor) blinks. </member> - <member name="caret_blink_speed" type="float" setter="set_caret_blink_speed" getter="get_caret_blink_speed" default="0.65"> + <member name="caret_blink_interval" type="float" setter="set_caret_blink_interval" getter="get_caret_blink_interval" default="0.65"> Duration (in seconds) of a caret's blinking cycle. </member> <member name="caret_column" type="int" setter="set_caret_column" getter="get_caret_column" default="0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeerExtension.xml b/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeerExtension.xml index 3a193abd7d..18bc18e6e7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeerExtension.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeerExtension.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_connection_status" qualifiers="virtual const"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="MultiplayerPeer.ConnectionStatus" /> <description> Called when the connection status is requested on the [MultiplayerPeer] (see [method MultiplayerPeer.get_connection_status]). </description> @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_packet" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="r_buffer" type="const uint8_t **" /> <param index="1" name="r_buffer_size" type="int32_t*" /> <description> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_transfer_mode" qualifiers="virtual const"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="MultiplayerPeer.TransferMode" /> <description> Called when the transfer mode to use is read on this [MultiplayerPeer] (see [member MultiplayerPeer.transfer_mode]). </description> @@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_poll" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="void" /> <description> Called when the [MultiplayerAPI] is polled. See [method MultiplayerAPI.poll]. </description> </method> <method name="_put_packet" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="p_buffer" type="const uint8_t*" /> <param index="1" name="p_buffer_size" type="int" /> <description> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_put_packet_script" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="p_buffer" type="PackedByteArray" /> <description> Called when a packet needs to be sent by the [MultiplayerAPI], if [method _put_packet] isn't implemented. Use this when extending this class via GDScript. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ </method> <method name="_set_transfer_mode" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="p_mode" type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="p_mode" type="int" enum="MultiplayerPeer.TransferMode" /> <description> Called when the transfer mode is set on this [MultiplayerPeer] (see [member MultiplayerPeer.transfer_mode]). </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml index bf3aff2c58..3437e0eca4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <signal name="velocity_computed"> <param index="0" name="safe_velocity" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Notifies when the collision avoidance velocity is calculated. Emitted by [method set_velocity]. + Notifies when the collision avoidance velocity is calculated. Emitted by [method set_velocity]. Only emitted when [member avoidance_enabled] is true. </description> </signal> </signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml index 7c48f0b52b..3bb5b361ca 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationAgent3D.xml @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ <signal name="velocity_computed"> <param index="0" name="safe_velocity" type="Vector3" /> <description> - Notifies when the collision avoidance velocity is calculated. Emitted by [method set_velocity]. + Notifies when the collision avoidance velocity is calculated. Emitted by [method set_velocity]. Only emitted when [member avoidance_enabled] is true. </description> </signal> </signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationLink2D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationLink2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e086fb730 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationLink2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="NavigationLink2D" inherits="Node2D" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Creates a link between two locations that [NavigationServer2D] can route agents through. + </brief_description> + <description> + Creates a link between two locations that [NavigationServer2D] can route agents through. Links can be used to express navigation methods that aren't just traveling along the surface of the navigation mesh, like zip-lines, teleporters, or jumping across gaps. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_navigation_layer_value" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member navigation_layers] bitmask is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_navigation_layer_value"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> + <description> + Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member navigation_layers] bitmask, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="bidirectional" type="bool" setter="set_bidirectional" getter="is_bidirectional" default="true"> + Whether this link can be traveled in both directions or only from [member start_location] to [member end_location]. + </member> + <member name="enabled" type="bool" setter="set_enabled" getter="is_enabled" default="true"> + Whether this link is currently active. If [code]false[/code], [method NavigationServer2D.map_get_path] will ignore this link. + </member> + <member name="end_location" type="Vector2" setter="set_end_location" getter="get_end_location" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> + Ending position of the link. + This position will search out the nearest polygon in the navigation mesh to attach to. + The distance the link will search is controlled by [method NavigationServer2D.map_set_link_connection_radius]. + </member> + <member name="enter_cost" type="float" setter="set_enter_cost" getter="get_enter_cost" default="0.0"> + When pathfinding enters this link from another regions navmesh the [code]enter_cost[/code] value is added to the path distance for determining the shortest path. + </member> + <member name="navigation_layers" type="int" setter="set_navigation_layers" getter="get_navigation_layers" default="1"> + A bitfield determining all navigation layers the link belongs to. These navigation layers will be checked when requesting a path with [method NavigationServer2D.map_get_path]. + </member> + <member name="start_location" type="Vector2" setter="set_start_location" getter="get_start_location" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> + Starting position of the link. + This position will search out the nearest polygon in the navigation mesh to attach to. + The distance the link will search is controlled by [method NavigationServer2D.map_set_link_connection_radius]. + </member> + <member name="travel_cost" type="float" setter="set_travel_cost" getter="get_travel_cost" default="1.0"> + When pathfinding moves along the link the traveled distance is multiplied with [code]travel_cost[/code] for determining the shortest path. + </member> + </members> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationLink3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationLink3D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d5d81bec5 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationLink3D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="NavigationLink3D" inherits="Node3D" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Creates a link between two locations that [NavigationServer3D] can route agents through. + </brief_description> + <description> + Creates a link between two locations that [NavigationServer3D] can route agents through. Links can be used to express navigation methods that aren't just traveling along the surface of the navigation mesh, like zip-lines, teleporters, or jumping across gaps. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="get_navigation_layer_value" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns whether or not the specified layer of the [member navigation_layers] bitmask is enabled, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_navigation_layer_value"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="layer_number" type="int" /> + <param index="1" name="value" type="bool" /> + <description> + Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member navigation_layers] bitmask, given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="bidirectional" type="bool" setter="set_bidirectional" getter="is_bidirectional" default="true"> + Whether this link can be traveled in both directions or only from [member start_location] to [member end_location]. + </member> + <member name="enabled" type="bool" setter="set_enabled" getter="is_enabled" default="true"> + Whether this link is currently active. If [code]false[/code], [method NavigationServer3D.map_get_path] will ignore this link. + </member> + <member name="end_location" type="Vector3" setter="set_end_location" getter="get_end_location" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)"> + Ending position of the link. + This position will search out the nearest polygon in the navigation mesh to attach to. + The distance the link will search is controlled by [method NavigationServer3D.map_set_link_connection_radius]. + </member> + <member name="enter_cost" type="float" setter="set_enter_cost" getter="get_enter_cost" default="0.0"> + When pathfinding enters this link from another regions navmesh the [code]enter_cost[/code] value is added to the path distance for determining the shortest path. + </member> + <member name="navigation_layers" type="int" setter="set_navigation_layers" getter="get_navigation_layers" default="1"> + A bitfield determining all navigation layers the link belongs to. These navigation layers will be checked when requesting a path with [method NavigationServer3D.map_get_path]. + </member> + <member name="start_location" type="Vector3" setter="set_start_location" getter="get_start_location" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)"> + Starting position of the link. + This position will search out the nearest polygon in the navigation mesh to attach to. + The distance the link will search is controlled by [method NavigationServer3D.map_set_link_connection_radius]. + </member> + <member name="travel_cost" type="float" setter="set_travel_cost" getter="get_travel_cost" default="1.0"> + When pathfinding moves along the link the traveled distance is multiplied with [code]travel_cost[/code] for determining the shortest path. + </member> + </members> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml index 4ecdc06645..6d05e220e3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml @@ -10,12 +10,25 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="get_navigation_map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the [RID] of the navigation map for this NavigationObstacle node. This function returns always the map set on the NavigationObstacle node and not the map of the abstract agent on the NavigationServer. If the agent map is changed directly with the NavigationServer API the NavigationObstacle node will not be aware of the map change. Use [method set_navigation_map] to change the navigation map for the NavigationObstacle and also update the agent on the NavigationServer. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID" /> <description> Returns the [RID] of this obstacle on the [NavigationServer2D]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_navigation_map"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="navigation_map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Sets the [RID] of the navigation map this NavigationObstacle node should use and also updates the [code]agent[/code] on the NavigationServer. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="estimate_radius" type="bool" setter="set_estimate_radius" getter="is_radius_estimated" default="true"> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle3D.xml index ed8af3883c..f5a0bde089 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationObstacle3D.xml @@ -10,12 +10,25 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="get_navigation_map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the [RID] of the navigation map for this NavigationObstacle node. This function returns always the map set on the NavigationObstacle node and not the map of the abstract agent on the NavigationServer. If the agent map is changed directly with the NavigationServer API the NavigationObstacle node will not be aware of the map change. Use [method set_navigation_map] to change the navigation map for the NavigationObstacle and also update the agent on the NavigationServer. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID" /> <description> Returns the [RID] of this obstacle on the [NavigationServer3D]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_navigation_map"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="navigation_map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Sets the [RID] of the navigation map this NavigationObstacle node should use and also updates the [code]agent[/code] on the NavigationServer. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="estimate_radius" type="bool" setter="set_estimate_radius" getter="is_radius_estimated" default="true"> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml index b85c1c6649..0874e183e4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationServer2D.xml @@ -133,6 +133,117 @@ Returns all created navigation map [RID]s on the NavigationServer. This returns both 2D and 3D created navigation maps as there is technically no distinction between them. </description> </method> + <method name="link_create" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + Create a new link between two locations on a map. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_end_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the ending location of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_enter_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the [code]enter_cost[/code] of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the navigation map [RID] the requested [code]link[/code] is currently assigned to. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_navigation_layers" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the navigation layers for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_start_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the starting location of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_travel_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the [code]travel_cost[/code] of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_is_bidirectional" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns whether this [code]link[/code] can be travelled in both directions. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_bidirectional" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="bidirectional" type="bool" /> + <description> + Sets whether this [code]link[/code] can be travelled in both directions. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_end_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="location" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets the exit location for the [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_enter_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="enter_cost" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the [code]enter_cost[/code] for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Sets the navigation map [RID] for the link. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_navigation_layers" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="navigation_layers" type="int" /> + <description> + Set the links's navigation layers. This allows selecting links from a path request (when using [method NavigationServer2D.map_get_path]). + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_start_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="location" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets the entry location for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_travel_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="travel_cost" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the [code]travel_cost[/code] for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="map_create" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID" /> <description> @@ -186,6 +297,20 @@ Returns the edge connection margin of the map. The edge connection margin is a distance used to connect two regions. </description> </method> + <method name="map_get_link_connection_radius" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the link connection radius of the map. This distance is the maximum range any link will search for navigation mesh polygons to connect to. + </description> + </method> + <method name="map_get_links" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID[]" /> + <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns all navigation link [RID]s that are currently assigned to the requested navigation [code]map[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="map_get_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedVector2Array" /> <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> @@ -235,6 +360,14 @@ Set the map edge connection margin used to weld the compatible region edges. </description> </method> + <method name="map_set_link_connection_radius" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="radius" type="float" /> + <description> + Set the map's link connection radius used to connect links to navigation polygons. + </description> + </method> <method name="region_create" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml index 5b2a8fc08b..255f2a902c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationServer3D.xml @@ -133,6 +133,117 @@ Returns all created navigation map [RID]s on the NavigationServer. This returns both 2D and 3D created navigation maps as there is technically no distinction between them. </description> </method> + <method name="link_create" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + Create a new link between two locations on a map. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_end_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector3" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the ending location of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_enter_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the [code]enter_cost[/code] of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the navigation map [RID] the requested [code]link[/code] is currently assigned to. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_navigation_layers" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the navigation layers for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_start_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector3" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the starting location of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_get_travel_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the [code]travel_cost[/code] of this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_is_bidirectional" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns whether this [code]link[/code] can be travelled in both directions. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_bidirectional" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="bidirectional" type="bool" /> + <description> + Sets whether this [code]link[/code] can be travelled in both directions. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_end_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="location" type="Vector3" /> + <description> + Sets the exit location for the [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_enter_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="enter_cost" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the [code]enter_cost[/code] for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Sets the navigation map [RID] for the link. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_navigation_layers" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="navigation_layers" type="int" /> + <description> + Set the links's navigation layers. This allows selecting links from a path request (when using [method NavigationServer3D.map_get_path]). + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_start_location" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="location" type="Vector3" /> + <description> + Sets the entry location for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="link_set_travel_cost" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="link" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="travel_cost" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the [code]travel_cost[/code] for this [code]link[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="map_create" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID" /> <description> @@ -204,6 +315,20 @@ Returns the edge connection margin of the map. This distance is the minimum vertex distance needed to connect two edges from different regions. </description> </method> + <method name="map_get_link_connection_radius" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the link connection radius of the map. This distance is the maximum range any link will search for navigation mesh polygons to connect to. + </description> + </method> + <method name="map_get_links" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID[]" /> + <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns all navigation link [RID]s that are currently assigned to the requested navigation [code]map[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="map_get_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedVector3Array" /> <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> @@ -260,6 +385,14 @@ Set the map edge connection margin used to weld the compatible region edges. </description> </method> + <method name="map_set_link_connection_radius" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="radius" type="float" /> + <description> + Set the map's link connection radius used to connect links to navigation polygons. + </description> + </method> <method name="map_set_up" qualifiers="const"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="map" type="RID" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/Node.xml b/doc/classes/Node.xml index 87edc7de0a..d8ad65082f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node.xml @@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ <method name="add_child"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="node" type="Node" /> - <param index="1" name="legible_unique_name" type="bool" default="false" /> + <param index="1" name="force_readable_name" type="bool" default="false" /> <param index="2" name="internal" type="int" enum="Node.InternalMode" default="0" /> <description> - Adds a child node. Nodes can have any number of children, but every child must have a unique name. Child nodes are automatically deleted when the parent node is deleted, so an entire scene can be removed by deleting its topmost node. - If [param legible_unique_name] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being instantiated instead of its type. + Adds a child [param node]. Nodes can have any number of children, but every child must have a unique name. Child nodes are automatically deleted when the parent node is deleted, so an entire scene can be removed by deleting its topmost node. + If [param force_readable_name] is [code]true[/code], improves the readability of the added [param node]. If not named, the [param node] is renamed to its type, and if it shares [member name] with a sibling, a number is suffixed more appropriately. This operation is very slow. As such, it is recommended leaving this to [code]false[/code], which assigns a dummy name featuring [code]@[/code] in both situations. If [param internal] is different than [constant INTERNAL_MODE_DISABLED], the child will be added as internal node. Such nodes are ignored by methods like [method get_children], unless their parameter [code]include_internal[/code] is [code]true[/code].The intended usage is to hide the internal nodes from the user, so the user won't accidentally delete or modify them. Used by some GUI nodes, e.g. [ColorPicker]. See [enum InternalMode] for available modes. [b]Note:[/b] If the child node already has a parent, the function will fail. Use [method remove_child] first to remove the node from its current parent. For example: [codeblocks] @@ -151,10 +151,10 @@ <method name="add_sibling"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="sibling" type="Node" /> - <param index="1" name="legible_unique_name" type="bool" default="false" /> + <param index="1" name="force_readable_name" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Adds a [param sibling] node to current's node parent, at the same level as that node, right below it. - If [param legible_unique_name] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being instantiated instead of its type. + If [param force_readable_name] is [code]true[/code], improves the readability of the added [param sibling]. If not named, the [param sibling] is renamed to its type, and if it shares [member name] with a sibling, a number is suffixed more appropriately. This operation is very slow. As such, it is recommended leaving this to [code]false[/code], which assigns a dummy name featuring [code]@[/code] in both situations. Use [method add_child] instead of this method if you don't need the child node to be added below a specific node in the list of children. [b]Note:[/b] If this node is internal, the new sibling will be internal too (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). </description> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ <param index="0" name="child_node" type="Node" /> <param index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> - Moves a child node to a different position (order) among the other children. Since calls, signals, etc are performed by tree order, changing the order of children nodes may be useful. + Moves a child node to a different position (order) among the other children. Since calls, signals, etc are performed by tree order, changing the order of children nodes may be useful. If [param to_position] is negative, the index will be counted from the end. [b]Note:[/b] Internal children can only be moved within their expected "internal range" (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). </description> </method> @@ -577,18 +577,6 @@ Queues a node for deletion at the end of the current frame. When deleted, all of its child nodes will be deleted as well. This method ensures it's safe to delete the node, contrary to [method Object.free]. Use [method Object.is_queued_for_deletion] to check whether a node will be deleted at the end of the frame. </description> </method> - <method name="raise"> - <return type="void" /> - <description> - Moves this node to the bottom of parent node's children hierarchy. This is often useful in GUIs ([Control] nodes), because their order of drawing depends on their order in the tree. The top Node is drawn first, then any siblings below the top Node in the hierarchy are successively drawn on top of it. After using [code]raise[/code], a Control will be drawn on top of its siblings. - </description> - </method> - <method name="remove_and_skip"> - <return type="void" /> - <description> - Removes a node and sets all its children as children of the parent node (if it exists). All event subscriptions that pass by the removed node will be unsubscribed. - </description> - </method> <method name="remove_child"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="node" type="Node" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/Object.xml b/doc/classes/Object.xml index 3c71a02a21..7ad1908bb5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Object.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Object.xml @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ <constant name="CONNECT_PERSIST" value="2" enum="ConnectFlags"> Persisting connections are saved when the object is serialized to file. </constant> - <constant name="CONNECT_ONESHOT" value="4" enum="ConnectFlags"> + <constant name="CONNECT_ONE_SHOT" value="4" enum="ConnectFlags"> One-shot connections disconnect themselves after emission. </constant> <constant name="CONNECT_REFERENCE_COUNTED" value="8" enum="ConnectFlags"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml index e9918bdd3a..db8403a56b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <description> This class represents a DTLS peer connection. It can be used to connect to a DTLS server, and is returned by [method DTLSServer.take_connection]. [b]Note:[/b] When exporting to Android, make sure to enable the [code]INTERNET[/code] permission in the Android export preset before exporting the project or using one-click deploy. Otherwise, network communication of any kind will be blocked by Android. - [b]Warning:[/b] SSL/TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically managed certificates with a short validity period. + [b]Warning:[/b] TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically managed certificates with a short validity period. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerExtension.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerExtension.xml index 28263b3f59..afb1aa4016 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerExtension.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerExtension.xml @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_packet" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="r_buffer" type="const uint8_t **" /> <param index="1" name="r_buffer_size" type="int32_t*" /> <description> </description> </method> <method name="_put_packet" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="p_buffer" type="const uint8_t*" /> <param index="1" name="p_buffer_size" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml index b635757b2b..9107937183 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <param index="1" name="port" type="int" /> <description> Calling this method connects this UDP peer to the given [param host]/[param port] pair. UDP is in reality connectionless, so this option only means that incoming packets from different addresses are automatically discarded, and that outgoing packets are always sent to the connected address (future calls to [method set_dest_address] are not allowed). This method does not send any data to the remote peer, to do that, use [method PacketPeer.put_var] or [method PacketPeer.put_packet] as usual. See also [UDPServer]. - [b]Note:[/b] Connecting to the remote peer does not help to protect from malicious attacks like IP spoofing, etc. Think about using an encryption technique like SSL or DTLS if you feel like your application is transferring sensitive information. + [b]Note:[/b] Connecting to the remote peer does not help to protect from malicious attacks like IP spoofing, etc. Think about using an encryption technique like TLS or DTLS if you feel like your application is transferring sensitive information. </description> </method> <method name="get_local_port" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Panel.xml b/doc/classes/Panel.xml index da69431276..69c896e806 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Panel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Panel.xml @@ -15,7 +15,5 @@ <theme_item name="panel" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> The style of this [Panel]. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="panel_fg" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> - </theme_item> </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml b/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml index 7e7c2d11ec..51a10f732d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ <members> <member name="motion_mirroring" type="Vector2" setter="set_mirroring" getter="get_mirroring" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> The ParallaxLayer's [Texture2D] mirroring. Useful for creating an infinite scrolling background. If an axis is set to [code]0[/code], the [Texture2D] will not be mirrored. + If the length of the viewport axis is bigger than twice the mirrored axis size, it will not repeat infinitely, as the parallax layer only draws 2 instances of the texture at any one time. </member> <member name="motion_offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_motion_offset" getter="get_motion_offset" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> The ParallaxLayer's offset relative to the parent ParallaxBackground's [member ParallaxBackground.scroll_offset]. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml index 7c2ea088c8..9d303d80e5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicalSkyMaterial.xml @@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <members> - <member name="exposure" type="float" setter="set_exposure" getter="get_exposure" default="0.1"> - Sets the exposure of the sky. Higher exposure values make the entire sky brighter. + <member name="energy_multiplier" type="float" setter="set_energy_multiplier" getter="get_energy_multiplier" default="1.0"> </member> <member name="ground_color" type="Color" setter="set_ground_color" getter="get_ground_color" default="Color(0.1, 0.07, 0.034, 1)"> Modulates the [Color] on the bottom half of the sky to represent the ground. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2DExtension.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2DExtension.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fd34c1243 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2DExtension.xml @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="PhysicsDirectBodyState2DExtension" inherits="PhysicsDirectBodyState2D" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="_add_constant_central_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_add_constant_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_add_constant_torque" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="torque" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_apply_central_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_apply_central_impulse" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="impulse" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_apply_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_apply_impulse" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="impulse" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="1" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_apply_torque" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="torque" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_apply_torque_impulse" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="impulse" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_angular_velocity" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_center_of_mass" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_center_of_mass_local" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_constant_force" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_constant_torque" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_collider" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_collider_id" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_collider_object" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Object" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_collider_position" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_collider_shape" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_collider_velocity_at_position" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_local_normal" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_local_position" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_contact_local_shape" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="contact_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_inverse_inertia" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_inverse_mass" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_linear_velocity" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_space_state" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_step" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_total_angular_damp" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_total_gravity" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_total_linear_damp" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_transform" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Transform2D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_velocity_at_local_position" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="local_position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_integrate_forces" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_is_sleeping" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_angular_velocity" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="velocity" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_constant_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_constant_torque" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="torque" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_linear_velocity" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="velocity" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_sleep_state" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="enabled" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2DExtension.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2DExtension.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3235793853 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2DExtension.xml @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="PhysicsDirectSpaceState2DExtension" inherits="PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="_cast_motion" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="shape_rid" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="2" name="motion" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="margin" type="float" /> + <param index="4" name="collision_mask" type="int" /> + <param index="5" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" /> + <param index="6" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" /> + <param index="7" name="closest_safe" type="float*" /> + <param index="8" name="closest_unsafe" type="float*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_collide_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="shape_rid" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="2" name="motion" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="margin" type="float" /> + <param index="4" name="collision_mask" type="int" /> + <param index="5" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" /> + <param index="6" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" /> + <param index="7" name="results" type="void*" /> + <param index="8" name="max_results" type="int" /> + <param index="9" name="result_count" type="int32_t*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_intersect_point" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="1" name="canvas_instance_id" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="collision_mask" type="int" /> + <param index="3" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" /> + <param index="4" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" /> + <param index="5" name="results" type="PhysicsServer2DExtensionShapeResult*" /> + <param index="6" name="max_results" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_intersect_ray" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="2" name="collision_mask" type="int" /> + <param index="3" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" /> + <param index="4" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" /> + <param index="5" name="hit_from_inside" type="bool" /> + <param index="6" name="result" type="PhysicsServer2DExtensionRayResult*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_intersect_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="shape_rid" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="2" name="motion" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="margin" type="float" /> + <param index="4" name="collision_mask" type="int" /> + <param index="5" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" /> + <param index="6" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" /> + <param index="7" name="result" type="PhysicsServer2DExtensionShapeResult*" /> + <param index="8" name="max_results" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_rest_info" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="shape_rid" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="2" name="motion" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="margin" type="float" /> + <param index="4" name="collision_mask" type="int" /> + <param index="5" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" /> + <param index="6" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" /> + <param index="7" name="rest_info" type="PhysicsServer2DExtensionShapeRestInfo*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsPointQueryParameters2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsPointQueryParameters2D.xml index c1005f02a3..a6cbe2d574 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsPointQueryParameters2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsPointQueryParameters2D.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="4294967295"> The physics layers the query will detect (as a bitmask). By default, all collision layers are detected. See [url=$DOCS_URL/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> - <member name="exclude" type="Array" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> + <member name="exclude" type="RID[]" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> The list of objects or object [RID]s that will be excluded from collisions. </member> <member name="position" type="Vector2" setter="set_position" getter="get_position" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsRayQueryParameters2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsRayQueryParameters2D.xml index 5afd3973a0..d6a2662adc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsRayQueryParameters2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsRayQueryParameters2D.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> <param index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> <param index="2" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="4294967295" /> - <param index="3" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> + <param index="3" name="exclude" type="RID[]" default="[]" /> <description> Returns a new, pre-configured [PhysicsRayQueryParameters2D] object. Use it to quickly create query parameters using the most common options. [codeblock] @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="4294967295"> The physics layers the query will detect (as a bitmask). By default, all collision layers are detected. See [url=$DOCS_URL/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> - <member name="exclude" type="Array" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> + <member name="exclude" type="RID[]" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> The list of objects or object [RID]s that will be excluded from collisions. </member> <member name="from" type="Vector2" setter="set_from" getter="get_from" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml index 5ae7423a71..4b588033c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml @@ -1058,6 +1058,8 @@ </constant> <constant name="JOINT_PARAM_MAX_FORCE" value="2" enum="JointParam"> </constant> + <constant name="PIN_JOINT_SOFTNESS" value="0" enum="PinJointParam"> + </constant> <constant name="DAMPED_SPRING_REST_LENGTH" value="0" enum="DampedSpringParam"> Sets the resting length of the spring joint. The joint will always try to go to back this length when pulled apart. </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2DExtension.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2DExtension.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a63aa8a30f --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2DExtension.xml @@ -0,0 +1,925 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="PhysicsServer2DExtension" inherits="PhysicsServer2D" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="_area_add_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <param index="2" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_attach_canvas_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_attach_object_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_clear_shapes" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_canvas_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_object_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_param" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Variant" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.AreaParameter" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_shape" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_shape_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_shape_transform" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_space" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_get_transform" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_remove_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_area_monitor_callback" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="callback" type="Callable" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_collision_layer" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="layer" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_collision_mask" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="mask" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_monitor_callback" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="callback" type="Callable" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_monitorable" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="monitorable" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_param" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.AreaParameter" /> + <param index="2" name="value" type="Variant" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_pickable" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="pickable" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_shape_disabled" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="disabled" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_shape_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_space" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_area_set_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="area" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_add_collision_exception" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="excepted_body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_add_constant_central_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_add_constant_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="2" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_add_constant_torque" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="torque" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_add_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <param index="2" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_apply_central_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_apply_central_impulse" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="impulse" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_apply_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="2" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_apply_impulse" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="impulse" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="2" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_apply_torque" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="torque" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_apply_torque_impulse" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="impulse" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_attach_canvas_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_attach_object_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_clear_shapes" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_collide_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="body_shape" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <param index="3" name="shape_xform" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="4" name="motion" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="5" name="results" type="void*" /> + <param index="6" name="result_max" type="int" /> + <param index="7" name="result_count" type="int32_t*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_canvas_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_collision_exceptions" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID[]" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_collision_layer" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_collision_mask" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_collision_priority" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_constant_force" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_constant_torque" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_contacts_reported_depth_threshold" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_continuous_collision_detection_mode" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.CCDMode" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_direct_state" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="PhysicsDirectBodyState2D" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_max_contacts_reported" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_mode" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyMode" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_object_instance_id" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_param" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Variant" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyParameter" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_shape" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_shape_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_shape_transform" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_space" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_get_state" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Variant" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="state" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyState" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_is_omitting_force_integration" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_remove_collision_exception" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="excepted_body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_remove_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_reset_mass_properties" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_axis_velocity" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="axis_velocity" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_collision_layer" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="layer" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_collision_mask" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="mask" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_collision_priority" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="priority" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_constant_force" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="force" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_constant_torque" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="torque" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_contacts_reported_depth_threshold" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="threshold" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_continuous_collision_detection_mode" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.CCDMode" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_force_integration_callback" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="callable" type="Callable" /> + <param index="2" name="userdata" type="Variant" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_max_contacts_reported" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="amount" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_mode" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyMode" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_omit_force_integration" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_param" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyParameter" /> + <param index="2" name="value" type="Variant" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_pickable" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="pickable" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_shape" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_shape_as_one_way_collision" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="enable" type="bool" /> + <param index="3" name="margin" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_shape_disabled" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="disabled" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_shape_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="transform" type="Transform2D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_space" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_state" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="state" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyState" /> + <param index="2" name="value" type="Variant" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_state_sync_callback" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="callback" type="PhysicsServer2DExtensionStateCallback*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_test_motion" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="from" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="2" name="motion" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="margin" type="float" /> + <param index="4" name="collide_separation_ray" type="bool" /> + <param index="5" name="recovery_as_collision" type="bool" /> + <param index="6" name="result" type="PhysicsServer2DExtensionMotionResult*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_capsule_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_circle_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_concave_polygon_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_convex_polygon_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_damped_spring_joint_get_param" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.DampedSpringParam" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_damped_spring_joint_set_param" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.DampedSpringParam" /> + <param index="2" name="value" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_end_sync" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_finish" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_flush_queries" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_free_rid" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="rid" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_process_info" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="process_info" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.ProcessInfo" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_init" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_is_flushing_queries" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_clear" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_disable_collisions_between_bodies" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="disable" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_get_param" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.JointParam" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_get_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.JointType" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_is_disabled_collisions_between_bodies" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_make_damped_spring" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="anchor_a" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="2" name="anchor_b" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="body_a" type="RID" /> + <param index="4" name="body_b" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_make_groove" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="a_groove1" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="2" name="a_groove2" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="b_anchor" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="4" name="body_a" type="RID" /> + <param index="5" name="body_b" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_make_pin" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="anchor" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="2" name="body_a" type="RID" /> + <param index="3" name="body_b" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_joint_set_param" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.JointParam" /> + <param index="2" name="value" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_pin_joint_get_param" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.PinJointParam" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_pin_joint_set_param" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.PinJointParam" /> + <param index="2" name="value" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_rectangle_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_segment_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_separation_ray_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_active" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="active" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_shape_collide" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="shape_A" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="xform_A" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="2" name="motion_A" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="3" name="shape_B" type="RID" /> + <param index="4" name="xform_B" type="Transform2D" /> + <param index="5" name="motion_B" type="Vector2" /> + <param index="6" name="results" type="void*" /> + <param index="7" name="result_max" type="int" /> + <param index="8" name="result_count" type="int32_t*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_shape_get_custom_solver_bias" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_shape_get_data" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Variant" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_shape_get_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.ShapeType" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_shape_set_custom_solver_bias" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="bias" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_shape_set_data" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="data" type="Variant" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_get_contact_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_get_contacts" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedVector2Array" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_get_direct_state" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_get_param" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.SpaceParameter" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_is_active" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_set_active" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="active" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_set_debug_contacts" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="max_contacts" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_set_param" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.SpaceParameter" /> + <param index="2" name="value" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_step" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="step" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_sync" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_world_boundary_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2DManager.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2DManager.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..328ac93ce3 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2DManager.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="PhysicsServer2DManager" inherits="Object" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Manager for 2D physics server implementations. + </brief_description> + <description> + [PhysicsServer2DManager] is the API for registering [PhysicsServer2D] implementations, and for setting the default implementation. + [b]Note:[/b] It is not possible to switch physics servers at runtime. This class is only used on startup at the server initialization level, by Godot itself and possibly by GDExtensions. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="register_server"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <param index="1" name="create_callback" type="Callable" /> + <description> + Register a [PhysicsServer2D] implementation by passing a [param name] and a [Callable] that returns a [PhysicsServer2D] object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_default_server"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <param index="1" name="priority" type="int" /> + <description> + Set the default [PhysicsServer2D] implementation to the one identified by [param name], if [param priority] is greater than the priority of the current default implementation. + </description> + </method> + </methods> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3DExtension.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3DExtension.xml index 200065de54..f42276ddd8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3DExtension.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3DExtension.xml @@ -274,6 +274,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_body_get_collision_exceptions" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID[]" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_body_get_collision_layer" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> @@ -304,6 +310,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_body_get_contacts_reported_depth_threshold" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_body_get_direct_state" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="PhysicsDirectBodyState3D" /> <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> @@ -368,6 +380,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_body_get_user_flags" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_body_is_axis_locked" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> @@ -457,6 +475,13 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_body_set_contacts_reported_depth_threshold" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="threshold" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_body_set_enable_continuous_collision_detection" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> @@ -547,6 +572,20 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_body_set_state_sync_callback" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="callback" type="PhysicsServer3DExtensionStateCallback*" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_body_set_user_flags" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="flags" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_body_test_motion" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> @@ -604,6 +643,21 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_end_sync" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_finish" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_flush_queries" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_free_rid" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="rid" type="RID" /> @@ -685,6 +739,16 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_init" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_is_flushing_queries" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_joint_clear" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> @@ -738,6 +802,18 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_joint_make_hinge_simple" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="body_A" type="RID" /> + <param index="2" name="pivot_A" type="Vector3" /> + <param index="3" name="axis_A" type="Vector3" /> + <param index="4" name="body_B" type="RID" /> + <param index="5" name="pivot_B" type="Vector3" /> + <param index="6" name="axis_B" type="Vector3" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_joint_make_pin" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> @@ -817,18 +893,37 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_shape_get_custom_solver_bias" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_shape_get_data" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_shape_get_margin" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_shape_get_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.ShapeType" /> <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_shape_set_custom_solver_bias" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="bias" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_shape_set_data" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> @@ -836,6 +931,13 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_shape_set_margin" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="shape" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="margin" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_slider_joint_get_param" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="float" /> <param index="0" name="joint" type="RID" /> @@ -851,17 +953,250 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_soft_body_add_collision_exception" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="body_b" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_create" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_soft_body_get_bounds" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="AABB" /> <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_collision_exceptions" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID[]" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_collision_layer" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_collision_mask" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_damping_coefficient" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_drag_coefficient" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_linear_stiffness" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_point_global_position" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Vector3" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="point_index" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_pressure_coefficient" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_simulation_precision" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_space" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_state" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Variant" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="state" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyState" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_get_total_mass" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_is_point_pinned" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="point_index" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_move_point" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="point_index" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="global_position" type="Vector3" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_pin_point" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="point_index" type="int" /> + <param index="2" name="pin" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_remove_all_pinned_points" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_remove_collision_exception" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="body_b" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_collision_layer" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="layer" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_collision_mask" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="mask" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_damping_coefficient" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="damping_coefficient" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_drag_coefficient" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="drag_coefficient" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_linear_stiffness" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="linear_stiffness" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_mesh" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="mesh" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_pressure_coefficient" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="pressure_coefficient" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_ray_pickable" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_simulation_precision" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="simulation_precision" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_space" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_state" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="state" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyState" /> + <param index="2" name="variant" type="Variant" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_total_mass" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="total_mass" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_set_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="transform" type="Transform3D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_soft_body_update_rendering_server" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="rendering_server_handler" type="PhysicsServer3DRenderingServerHandler" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_space_create" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="RID" /> <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_space_get_contact_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_space_get_contacts" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedVector3Array" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_space_get_direct_state" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D" /> <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> @@ -888,6 +1223,13 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_space_set_debug_contacts" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="max_contacts" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_space_set_param" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="space" type="RID" /> @@ -901,6 +1243,17 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_step" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="step" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_sync" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_world_boundary_shape_create" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="RID" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3DManager.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3DManager.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ec03fede4 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3DManager.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="PhysicsServer3DManager" inherits="Object" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Manager for 3D physics server implementations. + </brief_description> + <description> + [PhysicsServer3DManager] is the API for registering [PhysicsServer3D] implementations, and for setting the default implementation. + [b]Note:[/b] It is not possible to switch physics servers at runtime. This class is only used on startup at the server initialization level, by Godot itself and possibly by GDExtensions. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="register_server"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <param index="1" name="create_callback" type="Callable" /> + <description> + Register a [PhysicsServer3D] implementation by passing a [param name] and a [Callable] that returns a [PhysicsServer2D] object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_default_server"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <param index="1" name="priority" type="int" /> + <description> + Set the default [PhysicsServer3D] implementation to the one identified by [param name], if [param priority] is greater than the priority of the current default implementation. + </description> + </method> + </methods> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml index 3fbb0c0ed0..8dcb329e7e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="4294967295"> The physics layers the query will detect (as a bitmask). By default, all collision layers are detected. See [url=$DOCS_URL/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> - <member name="exclude" type="Array" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> + <member name="exclude" type="RID[]" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> The list of objects or object [RID]s that will be excluded from collisions. </member> <member name="margin" type="float" setter="set_margin" getter="get_margin" default="0.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsTestMotionParameters2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsTestMotionParameters2D.xml index 00f21a2058..4f2b62f2d9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsTestMotionParameters2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsTestMotionParameters2D.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ If set to [code]true[/code], shapes of type [constant PhysicsServer2D.SHAPE_SEPARATION_RAY] are used to detect collisions and can stop the motion. Can be useful when snapping to the ground. If set to [code]false[/code], shapes of type [constant PhysicsServer2D.SHAPE_SEPARATION_RAY] are only used for separation when overlapping with other bodies. That's the main use for separation ray shapes. </member> - <member name="exclude_bodies" type="Array" setter="set_exclude_bodies" getter="get_exclude_bodies" default="[]"> + <member name="exclude_bodies" type="RID[]" setter="set_exclude_bodies" getter="get_exclude_bodies" default="[]"> Optional array of body [RID] to exclude from collision. </member> <member name="exclude_objects" type="Array" setter="set_exclude_objects" getter="get_exclude_objects" default="[]"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml index 00b725d5d7..23287f4de1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Removes all items from the [PopupMenu]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_current_index" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_focused_item" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> Returns the index of the currently focused item. Returns [code]-1[/code] if no item is focused. @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ Moves the scroll view to make the item at the given [param index] visible. </description> </method> - <method name="set_current_index"> + <method name="set_focused_item"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProceduralSkyMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ProceduralSkyMaterial.xml index 3cc4bd71f7..6ba8e57380 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProceduralSkyMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProceduralSkyMaterial.xml @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ <member name="ground_curve" type="float" setter="set_ground_curve" getter="get_ground_curve" default="0.02"> How quickly the [member ground_horizon_color] fades into the [member ground_bottom_color]. </member> - <member name="ground_energy" type="float" setter="set_ground_energy" getter="get_ground_energy" default="1.0"> - Amount of energy contribution from the ground. + <member name="ground_energy_multiplier" type="float" setter="set_ground_energy_multiplier" getter="get_ground_energy_multiplier" default="1.0"> + Multiplier for ground color. A higher value will make the ground brighter. </member> <member name="ground_horizon_color" type="Color" setter="set_ground_horizon_color" getter="get_ground_horizon_color" default="Color(0.6463, 0.6558, 0.6708, 1)"> Color of the ground at the horizon. Blends with [member ground_bottom_color]. </member> <member name="sky_cover" type="Texture2D" setter="set_sky_cover" getter="get_sky_cover"> - The sky cover texture to use. This texture must use an equirectangular projection (similar to [PanoramaSkyMaterial]). The texture's colors will be [i]added[/i] to the existing sky color, and will be multiplied by [member sky_energy] and [member sky_cover_modulate]. This is mainly suited to displaying stars at night, but it can also be used to display clouds at day or night (with a non-physically-accurate look). + The sky cover texture to use. This texture must use an equirectangular projection (similar to [PanoramaSkyMaterial]). The texture's colors will be [i]added[/i] to the existing sky color, and will be multiplied by [member sky_energy_multiplier] and [member sky_cover_modulate]. This is mainly suited to displaying stars at night, but it can also be used to display clouds at day or night (with a non-physically-accurate look). </member> <member name="sky_cover_modulate" type="Color" setter="set_sky_cover_modulate" getter="get_sky_cover_modulate" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> The tint to apply to the [member sky_cover] texture. This can be used to change the sky cover's colors or opacity independently of the sky energy, which is useful for day/night or weather transitions. Only effective if a texture is defined in [member sky_cover]. @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ <member name="sky_curve" type="float" setter="set_sky_curve" getter="get_sky_curve" default="0.15"> How quickly the [member sky_horizon_color] fades into the [member sky_top_color]. </member> - <member name="sky_energy" type="float" setter="set_sky_energy" getter="get_sky_energy" default="1.0"> - Amount of energy contribution from the sky. + <member name="sky_energy_multiplier" type="float" setter="set_sky_energy_multiplier" getter="get_sky_energy_multiplier" default="1.0"> + Multiplier for sky color. A higher value will make the sky brighter. </member> <member name="sky_horizon_color" type="Color" setter="set_sky_horizon_color" getter="get_sky_horizon_color" default="Color(0.6463, 0.6558, 0.6708, 1)"> Color of the sky at the horizon. Blends with [member sky_top_color]. diff --git a/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml b/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml index 8a781c51fb..510b8d5bd1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ <member name="fill_mode" type="int" setter="set_fill_mode" getter="get_fill_mode" default="0"> The fill direction. See [enum FillMode] for possible values. </member> - <member name="percent_visible" type="bool" setter="set_percent_visible" getter="is_percent_visible" default="true"> + <member name="show_percentage" type="bool" setter="set_show_percentage" getter="is_percentage_shown" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the fill percentage is displayed on the bar. </member> </members> @@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ The size of the text outline. </theme_item> <theme_item name="font" data_type="font" type="Font"> - Font used to draw the fill percentage if [member percent_visible] is [code]true[/code]. + Font used to draw the fill percentage if [member show_percentage] is [code]true[/code]. </theme_item> <theme_item name="font_size" data_type="font_size" type="int"> - Font size used to draw the fill percentage if [member percent_visible] is [code]true[/code]. + Font size used to draw the fill percentage if [member show_percentage] is [code]true[/code]. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="bg" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> + <theme_item name="background" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> The style of the background. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="fg" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> + <theme_item name="fill" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> The style of the progress (i.e. the part that fills the bar). </theme_item> </theme_items> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml index e8e8ca3725..1f07a13c94 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ </member> <member name="audio/driver/enable_input" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], microphone input will be allowed. This requires appropriate permissions to be set when exporting to Android or iOS. + [b]Note:[/b] If the operating system blocks access to audio input devices (due to the user's privacy settings), audio capture will only return silence. On Windows 10 and later, make sure that apps are allowed to access the microphone in the OS' privacy settings. </member> <member name="audio/driver/mix_rate" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="44100"> The mixing rate used for audio (in Hz). In general, it's better to not touch this and leave it to the host operating system. @@ -476,9 +477,6 @@ <member name="debug/shapes/collision/shape_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(0, 0.6, 0.7, 0.42)"> Color of the collision shapes, visible when "Visible Collision Shapes" is enabled in the Debug menu. </member> - <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/disabled_geometry_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(1, 0.7, 0.1, 0.4)"> - Color of the disabled navigation geometry, visible when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. - </member> <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/edge_connection_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(1, 0, 1, 1)"> Color to display edge connections between navigation regions, visible when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. </member> @@ -497,8 +495,11 @@ <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/enable_geometry_face_random_color" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If enabled, colorizes each navigation mesh polygon face with a random color when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. </member> - <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/geometry_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(0.1, 1, 0.7, 0.4)"> - Color of the navigation geometry, visible when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. + <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/enable_link_connections" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + If enabled, displays navigation link connections when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. + </member> + <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/enable_link_connections_xray" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + If enabled, displays navigation link connections through geometry when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. </member> <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/geometry_edge_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(0.5, 1, 1, 1)"> Color to display enabled navigation mesh polygon edges, visible when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. @@ -512,6 +513,12 @@ <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/geometry_face_disabled_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 0.4)"> Color to display disabled navigation mesh polygon faces, visible when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. </member> + <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/link_connection_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(1, 0.5, 1, 1)"> + Color to use to display navigation link connections, visible when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. + </member> + <member name="debug/shapes/navigation/link_connection_disabled_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 1)"> + Color to use to display disabled navigation link connections, visible when "Visible Navigation" is enabled in the Debug menu. + </member> <member name="debug/shapes/paths/geometry_color" type="Color" setter="" getter="" default="Color(0.1, 1, 0.7, 0.4)"> Color of the curve path geometry, visible when "Visible Paths" is enabled in the Debug menu. </member> @@ -544,6 +551,9 @@ <member name="display/window/ios/hide_home_indicator" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the home indicator is hidden automatically. This only affects iOS devices without a physical home button. </member> + <member name="display/window/per_pixel_transparency/allowed" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], allows per-pixel transparency for the window background. This affects performance, so leave it on [code]false[/code] unless you need it. + </member> <member name="display/window/size/always_on_top" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> Forces the main window to be always on top. [b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS, Android, and Web. @@ -630,10 +640,22 @@ If [code]true[/code], Blender 3D scene files with the [code].blend[/code] extension will be imported by converting them to glTF 2.0. This requires configuring a path to a Blender executable in the editor settings at [code]filesystem/import/blender/blender3_path[/code]. Blender 3.0 or later is required. </member> + <member name="filesystem/import/blender/enabled.android" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + Override for [member filesystem/import/blender/enabled] on Android where Blender can't easily be accessed from Godot. + </member> + <member name="filesystem/import/blender/enabled.web" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + Override for [member filesystem/import/blender/enabled] on the Web where Blender can't easily be accessed from Godot. + </member> <member name="filesystem/import/fbx/enabled" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], Autodesk FBX 3D scene files with the [code].fbx[/code] extension will be imported by converting them to glTF 2.0. This requires configuring a path to a FBX2glTF executable in the editor settings at [code]filesystem/import/fbx/fbx2gltf_path[/code]. </member> + <member name="filesystem/import/fbx/enabled.android" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + Override for [member filesystem/import/fbx/enabled] on Android where FBX2glTF can't easily be accessed from Godot. + </member> + <member name="filesystem/import/fbx/enabled.web" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + Override for [member filesystem/import/fbx/enabled] on the Web where FBX2glTF can't easily be accessed from Godot. + </member> <member name="gui/common/default_scroll_deadzone" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be used for all [ScrollContainer]s unless overridden. </member> @@ -1439,12 +1461,18 @@ <member name="navigation/2d/default_edge_connection_margin" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="1"> Default edge connection margin for 2D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer2D.map_set_edge_connection_margin]. </member> + <member name="navigation/2d/default_link_connection_radius" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4"> + Default link connection radius for 2D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer2D.map_set_link_connection_radius]. + </member> <member name="navigation/3d/default_cell_size" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.25"> Default cell size for 3D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer3D.map_set_cell_size]. </member> <member name="navigation/3d/default_edge_connection_margin" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.25"> Default edge connection margin for 3D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer3D.map_set_edge_connection_margin]. </member> + <member name="navigation/3d/default_link_connection_radius" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="1.0"> + Default link connection radius for 3D navigation maps. See [method NavigationServer3D.map_set_link_connection_radius]. + </member> <member name="network/limits/debugger/max_chars_per_second" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="32768"> Maximum number of characters allowed to send as output from the debugger. Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger connection. </member> @@ -1472,8 +1500,8 @@ <member name="network/remote_fs/page_size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="65536"> Page size used by remote filesystem (in bytes). </member> - <member name="network/ssl/certificate_bundle_override" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""""> - The CA certificates bundle to use for SSL connections. If this is set to a non-empty value, this will [i]override[/i] Godot's default [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/blob/master/thirdparty/certs/ca-certificates.crt]Mozilla certificate bundle[/url]. If left empty, the default certificate bundle will be used. + <member name="network/tls/certificate_bundle_override" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""""> + The CA certificates bundle to use for TLS connections. If this is set to a non-empty value, this will [i]override[/i] Godot's default [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/blob/master/thirdparty/certs/ca-certificates.crt]Mozilla certificate bundle[/url]. If left empty, the default certificate bundle will be used. If in doubt, leave this setting empty. </member> <member name="physics/2d/default_angular_damp" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="1.0"> @@ -1807,6 +1835,55 @@ <member name="rendering/lightmapping/probe_capture/update_speed" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="15"> The framerate-independent update speed when representing dynamic object lighting from [LightmapProbe]s. Higher values make dynamic object lighting update faster. Higher values can prevent fast-moving objects from having "outdated" indirect lighting displayed on them, at the cost of possible flickering when an object moves from a bright area to a shaded area. </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/directional_shadow/16_bits" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + Use 16 bits for shadow depth map. Enabling this results in shadows having less precision and may result in shadow acne, but can lead to performance improvements on some devices. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/directional_shadow/size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4096"> + The directional shadow's size in pixels. Higher values will result in sharper shadows, at the cost of performance. The value will be rounded up to the nearest power of 2. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/directional_shadow/size.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2048"> + Lower-end override for [member rendering/lights_and_shadows/directional_shadow/size] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/directional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> + Quality setting for shadows cast by [DirectionalLight3D]s. Higher quality settings use more samples when reading from shadow maps and are thus slower. Low quality settings may result in shadows looking grainy. + [b]Note:[/b] The Soft Very Low setting will automatically multiply [i]constant[/i] shadow blur by 0.75x to reduce the amount of noise visible. This automatic blur change only affects the constant blur factor defined in [member Light3D.shadow_blur], not the variable blur performed by [DirectionalLight3D]s' [member Light3D.light_angular_distance]. + [b]Note:[/b] The Soft High and Soft Ultra settings will automatically multiply [i]constant[/i] shadow blur by 1.5× and 2× respectively to make better use of the increased sample count. This increased blur also improves stability of dynamic object shadows. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/directional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + Lower-end override for [member rendering/lights_and_shadows/directional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_16_bits" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + Use 16 bits for shadow depth map. Enabling this results in shadows having less precision and may result in shadow acne, but can lead to performance improvements on some devices. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_0_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> + Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_1_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> + Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_2_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="3"> + Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_3_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4"> + Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4096"> + Size for shadow atlas (used for OmniLights and SpotLights). See documentation. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_size.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2048"> + Lower-end override for [member rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_size] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> + Quality setting for shadows cast by [OmniLight3D]s and [SpotLight3D]s. Higher quality settings use more samples when reading from shadow maps and are thus slower. Low quality settings may result in shadows looking grainy. + [b]Note:[/b] The Soft Very Low setting will automatically multiply [i]constant[/i] shadow blur by 0.75x to reduce the amount of noise visible. This automatic blur change only affects the constant blur factor defined in [member Light3D.shadow_blur], not the variable blur performed by [DirectionalLight3D]s' [member Light3D.light_angular_distance]. + [b]Note:[/b] The Soft High and Soft Ultra settings will automatically multiply shadow blur by 1.5× and 2× respectively to make better use of the increased sample count. This increased blur also improves stability of dynamic object shadows. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + Lower-end override for [member rendering/lights_and_shadows/positional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. + </member> + <member name="rendering/lights_and_shadows/use_physical_light_units" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + Enables the use of physically based units for light sources. Physically based units tend to be much larger than the arbitrary units used by Godot, but they can be used to match lighting within Godot to real-world lighting. Due to the large dynamic range of lighting conditions present in nature, Godot bakes exposure into the various lighting quantities before rendering. Most light sources bake exposure automatically at run time based on the active [CameraAttributes] resource, but [LightmapGI] and [VoxelGI] require a [CameraAttributes] resource to be set at bake time to reduce the dynamic range. At run time, Godot will automatically reconcile the baked exposure with the active exposure to ensure lighting remains consistent. + </member> <member name="rendering/limits/cluster_builder/max_clustered_elements" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="512"> </member> <member name="rendering/limits/forward_renderer/threaded_render_minimum_instances" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="500"> @@ -1901,50 +1978,6 @@ <member name="rendering/shading/overrides/force_vertex_shading.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> Lower-end override for [member rendering/shading/overrides/force_vertex_shading] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/directional_shadow/16_bits" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/directional_shadow/size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4096"> - The directional shadow's size in pixels. Higher values will result in sharper shadows, at the cost of performance. The value will be rounded up to the nearest power of 2. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/directional_shadow/size.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2048"> - Lower-end override for [member rendering/shadows/directional_shadow/size] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/directional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> - Quality setting for shadows cast by [DirectionalLight3D]s. Higher quality settings use more samples when reading from shadow maps and are thus slower. Low quality settings may result in shadows looking grainy. - [b]Note:[/b] The Soft Very Low setting will automatically multiply [i]constant[/i] shadow blur by 0.75x to reduce the amount of noise visible. This automatic blur change only affects the constant blur factor defined in [member Light3D.shadow_blur], not the variable blur performed by [DirectionalLight3D]s' [member Light3D.light_angular_distance]. - [b]Note:[/b] The Soft High and Soft Ultra settings will automatically multiply [i]constant[/i] shadow blur by 1.5× and 2× respectively to make better use of the increased sample count. This increased blur also improves stability of dynamic object shadows. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/directional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> - Lower-end override for [member rendering/shadows/directional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_16_bits" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_0_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> - Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_1_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> - Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_2_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="3"> - Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_quadrant_3_subdiv" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4"> - Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_size" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="4096"> - Size for shadow atlas (used for OmniLights and SpotLights). See documentation. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_size.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2048"> - Lower-end override for [member rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/atlas_size] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="2"> - Quality setting for shadows cast by [OmniLight3D]s and [SpotLight3D]s. Higher quality settings use more samples when reading from shadow maps and are thus slower. Low quality settings may result in shadows looking grainy. - [b]Note:[/b] The Soft Very Low setting will automatically multiply [i]constant[/i] shadow blur by 0.75x to reduce the amount of noise visible. This automatic blur change only affects the constant blur factor defined in [member Light3D.shadow_blur], not the variable blur performed by [DirectionalLight3D]s' [member Light3D.light_angular_distance]. - [b]Note:[/b] The Soft High and Soft Ultra settings will automatically multiply shadow blur by 1.5× and 2× respectively to make better use of the increased sample count. This increased blur also improves stability of dynamic object shadows. - </member> - <member name="rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> - Lower-end override for [member rendering/shadows/positional_shadow/soft_shadow_filter_quality] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support. - </member> <member name="rendering/textures/decals/filter" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="3"> The filtering quality to use for [Decal] nodes. When using one of the anisotropic filtering modes, the anisotropic filtering level is controlled by [member rendering/textures/default_filters/anisotropic_filtering_level]. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml index 7132f4f0b5..ac012e9604 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <method name="get_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <description> - Returns the area of the [Rect2]. See also [method has_no_area]. + Returns the area of the [Rect2]. See also [method has_area]. </description> </method> <method name="get_center" qualifiers="const"> @@ -127,11 +127,10 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown by the specified [param amount] on the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_area" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] is flat or empty, [code]false[/code] otherwise. See also [method get_area]. - [b]Note:[/b] If the [Rect2] has a negative size and is not flat or empty, [method has_no_area] will return [code]true[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] has area, and [code]false[/code] if the [Rect2] is linear, empty, or has a negative [member size]. See also [method get_area]. </description> </method> <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml b/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml index d5d68bde31..6d4c113609 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Rect2i.xml @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ <method name="get_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the area of the [Rect2i]. See also [method has_no_area]. + Returns the area of the [Rect2i]. See also [method has_area]. </description> </method> <method name="get_center" qualifiers="const"> @@ -125,11 +125,10 @@ Returns a copy of the [Rect2i] grown by the specified [param amount] on the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_no_area" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_area" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2i] is flat or empty, [code]false[/code] otherwise. See also [method get_area]. - [b]Note:[/b] If the [Rect2i] has a negative size and is not flat or empty, [method has_no_area] will return [code]true[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2i] has area, and [code]false[/code] if the [Rect2i] is linear, empty, or has a negative [member size]. See also [method get_area]. </description> </method> <method name="has_point" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml index 718a161323..eb85a4adb4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ </method> <method name="uniform_set_create"> <return type="RID" /> - <param index="0" name="uniforms" type="Array" /> + <param index="0" name="uniforms" type="RDUniform[]" /> <param index="1" name="shader" type="RID" /> <param index="2" name="shader_set" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml index 310e2334fb..6aa9237385 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml @@ -21,34 +21,32 @@ <method name="bake_render_uv2"> <return type="Image[]" /> <param index="0" name="base" type="RID" /> - <param index="1" name="material_overrides" type="Array" /> + <param index="1" name="material_overrides" type="RID[]" /> <param index="2" name="image_size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="camera_create"> + <method name="camera_attributes_create"> <return type="RID" /> <description> - Creates a camera and adds it to the RenderingServer. It can be accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]camera_*[/code] RenderingServer functions. + Creates a camera attributes object and adds it to the RenderingServer. It can be accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]camera_attributes_[/code] RenderingServer functions. Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the RenderingServer's [method free_rid] static method. </description> </method> - <method name="camera_effects_create"> - <return type="RID" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="camera_effects_set_custom_exposure"> + <method name="camera_attributes_set_auto_exposure"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="camera_effects" type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="camera_attributes" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="enable" type="bool" /> - <param index="2" name="exposure" type="float" /> + <param index="2" name="min_sensitivity" type="float" /> + <param index="3" name="max_sensitivity" type="float" /> + <param index="4" name="speed" type="float" /> + <param index="5" name="scale" type="float" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="camera_effects_set_dof_blur"> + <method name="camera_attributes_set_dof_blur"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="camera_effects" type="RID" /> + <param index="0" name="camera_attributes" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="far_enable" type="bool" /> <param index="2" name="far_distance" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="far_transition" type="float" /> @@ -59,20 +57,46 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="camera_effects_set_dof_blur_bokeh_shape"> + <method name="camera_attributes_set_dof_blur_bokeh_shape"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="shape" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.DOFBokehShape" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="camera_effects_set_dof_blur_quality"> + <method name="camera_attributes_set_dof_blur_quality"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="quality" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.DOFBlurQuality" /> <param index="1" name="use_jitter" type="bool" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="camera_set_camera_effects"> + <method name="camera_attributes_set_exposure"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="camera_attributes" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="multiplier" type="float" /> + <param index="2" name="normalization" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the exposure values that will be used by the renderers. The normalization amount is used to bake a given Exposure Value (EV) into rendering calculations to reduce the dynamic range of the scene. + The normalization factor can be calculated from exposure value (EV100) as follows: + [codeblock] + func get_exposure_normalization(float ev100): + return 1.0 / (pow(2.0, ev100) * 1.2) + [/codeblock] + The exposure value can be calculated from aperture (in f-stops), shutter speed (in seconds), and sensitivity (in ISO) as follows: + [codeblock] + func get_exposure(float aperture, float shutter_speed, float sensitivity): + return log2((aperture * aperture) / shutterSpeed * (100.0 / sensitivity)) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="camera_create"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + Creates a camera and adds it to the RenderingServer. It can be accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]camera_*[/code] RenderingServer functions. + Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the RenderingServer's [method free_rid] static method. + </description> + </method> + <method name="camera_set_camera_attributes"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="camera" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="effects" type="RID" /> @@ -976,7 +1000,8 @@ <method name="environment_set_bg_energy"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="env" type="RID" /> - <param index="1" name="energy" type="float" /> + <param index="1" name="multiplier" type="float" /> + <param index="2" name="exposure_value" type="float" /> <description> Sets the intensity of the background color. </description> @@ -1000,6 +1025,7 @@ <param index="6" name="height" type="float" /> <param index="7" name="height_density" type="float" /> <param index="8" name="aerial_perspective" type="float" /> + <param index="9" name="sky_affect" type="float" /> <description> </description> </method> @@ -1143,11 +1169,6 @@ <param index="1" name="tone_mapper" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.EnvironmentToneMapper" /> <param index="2" name="exposure" type="float" /> <param index="3" name="white" type="float" /> - <param index="4" name="auto_exposure" type="bool" /> - <param index="5" name="min_luminance" type="float" /> - <param index="6" name="max_luminance" type="float" /> - <param index="7" name="auto_exp_speed" type="float" /> - <param index="8" name="auto_exp_grey" type="float" /> <description> Sets the variables to be used with the "tonemap" post-process effect. See [Environment] for more details. </description> @@ -1167,6 +1188,7 @@ <param index="10" name="temporal_reprojection" type="bool" /> <param index="11" name="temporal_reprojection_amount" type="float" /> <param index="12" name="ambient_inject" type="float" /> + <param index="13" name="sky_affect" type="float" /> <description> </description> </method> @@ -1250,6 +1272,13 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_shader_parameter_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary[]" /> + <param index="0" name="shader" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns the parameters of a shader. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_test_cube"> <return type="RID" /> <description> @@ -1303,45 +1332,45 @@ If [param half_resolution] is [code]true[/code], renders [VoxelGI] and SDFGI ([member Environment.sdfgi_enabled]) buffers at halved resolution (e.g. 960×540 when the viewport size is 1920×1080). This improves performance significantly when VoxelGI or SDFGI is enabled, at the cost of artifacts that may be visible on polygon edges. The loss in quality becomes less noticeable as the viewport resolution increases. [LightmapGI] rendering is not affected by this setting. See also [member ProjectSettings.rendering/global_illumination/gi/use_half_resolution]. </description> </method> - <method name="global_shader_uniform_add"> + <method name="global_shader_parameter_add"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> - <param index="1" name="type" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.GlobalShaderUniformType" /> + <param index="1" name="type" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.GlobalShaderParameterType" /> <param index="2" name="default_value" type="Variant" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="global_shader_uniform_get" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="global_shader_parameter_get" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="global_shader_uniform_get_list" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="global_shader_parameter_get_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="global_shader_uniform_get_type" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" enum="RenderingServer.GlobalShaderUniformType" /> + <method name="global_shader_parameter_get_type" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="RenderingServer.GlobalShaderParameterType" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="global_shader_uniform_remove"> + <method name="global_shader_parameter_remove"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="global_shader_uniform_set"> + <method name="global_shader_parameter_set"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="global_shader_uniform_set_override"> + <method name="global_shader_parameter_set_override"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> @@ -1401,21 +1430,21 @@ Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the RenderingServer's [method free_rid] static method. </description> </method> - <method name="instance_geometry_get_shader_uniform" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="instance_geometry_get_shader_parameter" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="instance" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="parameter" type="StringName" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="instance_geometry_get_shader_uniform_default_value" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="instance_geometry_get_shader_parameter_default_value" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="instance" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="parameter" type="StringName" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="instance_geometry_get_shader_uniform_list" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="instance_geometry_get_shader_parameter_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Dictionary[]" /> <param index="0" name="instance" type="RID" /> <description> @@ -1470,7 +1499,7 @@ Sets a material that will override the material for all surfaces on the mesh associated with this instance. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance3D.material_override]. </description> </method> - <method name="instance_geometry_set_shader_uniform"> + <method name="instance_geometry_set_shader_parameter"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="instance" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="parameter" type="StringName" /> @@ -1601,7 +1630,7 @@ </method> <method name="instances_cull_convex" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedInt64Array" /> - <param index="0" name="convex" type="Array" /> + <param index="0" name="convex" type="Plane[]" /> <param index="1" name="scenario" type="RID" /> <description> Returns an array of object IDs intersecting with the provided convex shape. Only visual 3D nodes are considered, such as [MeshInstance3D] or [DirectionalLight3D]. Use [method @GlobalScope.instance_from_id] to obtain the actual nodes. A scenario RID must be provided, which is available in the [World3D] you want to query. This forces an update for all resources queued to update. @@ -1767,6 +1796,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="lightmap_set_baked_exposure_normalization"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="lightmap" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="baked_exposure" type="float" /> + <description> + Used to inform the renderer what exposure normalization value was used while baking the lightmap. This value will be used and modulated at run time to ensure that the lightmap maintains a consistent level of exposure even if the scene-wide exposure normalization is changed at run time. For more information see [method camera_attributes_set_exposure]. + </description> + </method> <method name="lightmap_set_probe_bounds"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="lightmap" type="RID" /> @@ -2665,7 +2702,7 @@ The scenario is the 3D world that all the visual instances exist in. </description> </method> - <method name="scenario_set_camera_effects"> + <method name="scenario_set_camera_attributes"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="scenario" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="effects" type="RID" /> @@ -2734,28 +2771,21 @@ Returns a shader's code. </description> </method> - <method name="shader_get_default_texture_param" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="shader_get_default_texture_parameter" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID" /> <param index="0" name="shader" type="RID" /> - <param index="1" name="param" type="StringName" /> + <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Returns a default texture from a shader searched by name. [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [param index] to access the specified texture. </description> </method> - <method name="shader_get_param_default" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="shader_get_parameter_default" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="shader" type="RID" /> - <param index="1" name="param" type="StringName" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="shader_get_shader_uniform_list" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Dictionary[]" /> - <param index="0" name="shader" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the parameters of a shader. </description> </method> <method name="shader_set_code"> @@ -2765,10 +2795,10 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="shader_set_default_texture_param"> + <method name="shader_set_default_texture_parameter"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="shader" type="RID" /> - <param index="1" name="param" type="StringName" /> + <param index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="2" name="texture" type="RID" /> <param index="3" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> @@ -3480,6 +3510,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="voxel_gi_set_baked_exposure_normalization"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="voxel_gi" type="RID" /> + <param index="1" name="baked_exposure" type="float" /> + <description> + Used to inform the renderer what exposure normalization value was used while baking the voxel gi. This value will be used and modulated at run time to ensure that the voxel gi maintains a consistent level of exposure even if the scene-wide exposure normalization is changed at run time. For more information see [method camera_attributes_set_exposure]. + </description> + </method> <method name="voxel_gi_set_bias"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="voxel_gi" type="RID" /> @@ -3850,7 +3888,7 @@ </constant> <constant name="LIGHT_PARAM_TRANSMITTANCE_BIAS" value="19" enum="LightParam"> </constant> - <constant name="LIGHT_PARAM_MAX" value="20" enum="LightParam"> + <constant name="LIGHT_PARAM_MAX" value="21" enum="LightParam"> Represents the size of the [enum LightParam] enum. </constant> <constant name="LIGHT_BAKE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="LightBakeMode"> @@ -4576,63 +4614,63 @@ <constant name="CANVAS_OCCLUDER_POLYGON_CULL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE" value="2" enum="CanvasOccluderPolygonCullMode"> Culling of the canvas occluder is counterclockwise. </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BOOL" value="0" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BOOL" value="0" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BVEC2" value="1" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BVEC2" value="1" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BVEC3" value="2" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BVEC3" value="2" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BVEC4" value="3" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_BVEC4" value="3" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_INT" value="4" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_INT" value="4" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_IVEC2" value="5" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_IVEC2" value="5" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_IVEC3" value="6" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_IVEC3" value="6" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_IVEC4" value="7" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_IVEC4" value="7" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_RECT2I" value="8" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_RECT2I" value="8" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UINT" value="9" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UINT" value="9" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UVEC2" value="10" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UVEC2" value="10" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UVEC3" value="11" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UVEC3" value="11" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UVEC4" value="12" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_UVEC4" value="12" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_FLOAT" value="13" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_FLOAT" value="13" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_VEC2" value="14" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_VEC2" value="14" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_VEC3" value="15" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_VEC3" value="15" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_VEC4" value="16" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_VEC4" value="16" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_COLOR" value="17" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_COLOR" value="17" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_RECT2" value="18" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_RECT2" value="18" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAT2" value="19" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAT2" value="19" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAT3" value="20" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAT3" value="20" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAT4" value="21" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAT4" value="21" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_TRANSFORM_2D" value="22" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_TRANSFORM_2D" value="22" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_TRANSFORM" value="23" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_TRANSFORM" value="23" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLER2D" value="24" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLER2D" value="24" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLER2DARRAY" value="25" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLER2DARRAY" value="25" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLER3D" value="26" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLER3D" value="26" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLERCUBE" value="27" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_SAMPLERCUBE" value="27" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> - <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAX" value="28" enum="GlobalShaderUniformType"> + <constant name="GLOBAL_VAR_TYPE_MAX" value="28" enum="GlobalShaderParameterType"> </constant> <constant name="RENDERING_INFO_TOTAL_OBJECTS_IN_FRAME" value="0" enum="RenderingInfo"> </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml index 417703ff01..070b98f21d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml @@ -36,30 +36,35 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Group call flags are used to control the method calling behavior. By default, methods will be called immediately in a way similar to [method call_group]. However, if the [constant GROUP_CALL_DEFERRED] flag is present in the [param flags] argument, methods will be called with a one-frame delay in a way similar to [method Object.set_deferred]. </description> </method> - <method name="change_scene"> + <method name="change_scene_to_file"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> Changes the running scene to the one at the given [param path], after loading it into a [PackedScene] and creating a new instance. Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_CANT_OPEN] if the [param path] cannot be loaded into a [PackedScene], or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] if that scene cannot be instantiated. - [b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it immediately after the [method change_scene] call. + [b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it immediately after the [method change_scene_to_file] call. </description> </method> - <method name="change_scene_to"> + <method name="change_scene_to_packed"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="packed_scene" type="PackedScene" /> <description> Changes the running scene to a new instance of the given [PackedScene]. Returns [constant OK] on success or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the scene cannot be instantiated. - [b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it immediately after the [method change_scene_to] call. + [b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it immediately after the [method change_scene_to_packed] call. </description> </method> <method name="create_timer"> <return type="SceneTreeTimer" /> <param index="0" name="time_sec" type="float" /> <param index="1" name="process_always" type="bool" default="true" /> + <param index="2" name="process_in_physics" type="bool" default="false" /> + <param index="3" name="ignore_time_scale" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after the given time in seconds elapsed in this [SceneTree]. If [param process_always] is set to [code]false[/code], pausing the [SceneTree] will also pause the timer. + Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after the given time in seconds elapsed in this [SceneTree]. + If [code]process_always[/code] is set to [code]false[/code], pausing the [SceneTree] will also pause the timer. + If [code]process_in_physics[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], will update the [SceneTreeTimer] during the physics frame instead of the process frame (fixed framerate processing). + If [code]ignore_time_scale[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], will ignore [member Engine.time_scale] and update the [SceneTreeTimer] with the actual frame delta. Commonly used to create a one-shot delay timer as in the following example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] diff --git a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml index de586fc3d0..f5018c25ff 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ </constant> </constants> <theme_items> - <theme_item name="bg" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> + <theme_item name="panel" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> The background [StyleBox] of the [ScrollContainer]. </theme_item> </theme_items> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shader.xml b/doc/classes/Shader.xml index b7e6d80ccb..75f835260a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shader.xml @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ <link title="Shaders documentation index">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/shaders/index.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="get_default_texture_param" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_default_texture_parameter" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Texture2D" /> - <param index="0" name="param" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Returns the texture that is set as default for the specified parameter. - [b]Note:[/b] [param param] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. + [b]Note:[/b] [param name] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [param index] to access the specified texture. </description> </method> @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Returns the shader mode for the shader, either [constant MODE_CANVAS_ITEM], [constant MODE_SPATIAL] or [constant MODE_PARTICLES]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_uniform" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_parameter" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ [b]Note:[/b] [param name] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. </description> </method> - <method name="set_default_texture_param"> + <method name="set_default_texture_parameter"> <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="param" type="StringName" /> + <param index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="texture" type="Texture2D" /> <param index="2" name="index" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Sets the default texture to be used with a texture uniform. The default is used if a texture is not set in the [ShaderMaterial]. - [b]Note:[/b] [param param] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. + [b]Note:[/b] [param name] must match the name of the uniform in the code exactly. [b]Note:[/b] If the sampler array is used use [param index] to access the specified texture. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml index 8d4df87b39..1af7ac4fc5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ <link title="Shaders documentation index">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/shaders/index.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="get_shader_uniform" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_shader_parameter" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <param index="0" name="param" type="StringName" /> <description> Returns the current value set for this material of a uniform in the shader. </description> </method> - <method name="set_shader_uniform"> + <method name="set_shader_parameter"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="param" type="StringName" /> <param index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml b/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml index fb4b9466b5..f0998deeae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml @@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ <member name="split_offset" type="int" setter="set_split_offset" getter="get_split_offset" default="0"> The initial offset of the splitting between the two [Control]s, with [code]0[/code] being at the end of the first [Control]. </member> + <member name="vertical" type="bool" setter="set_vertical" getter="is_vertical" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the [SplitContainer] will arrange its children vertically, rather than horizontally. + Can't be changed when using [HSplitContainer] and [VSplitContainer]. + </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="dragged"> @@ -47,4 +51,21 @@ The split dragger is never visible and its space collapsed. </constant> </constants> + <theme_items> + <theme_item name="autohide" data_type="constant" type="int" default="1"> + Boolean value. If 1 ([code]true[/code]), the grabber will hide automatically when it isn't under the cursor. If 0 ([code]false[/code]), it's always visible. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="minimum_grab_thickness" data_type="constant" type="int" default="6"> + The minimum thickness of the area users can click on to grab the splitting line. If [theme_item separation] or [theme_item h_grabber] / [theme_item v_grabber]'s thickness are too small, this ensure that the splitting line can still be dragged. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="12"> + The space between sides of the container. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="h_grabber" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + The icon used for the grabber drawn in the middle area when [member vertical] is [code]false[/code]. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="v_grabber" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + The icon used for the grabber drawn in the middle area when [member vertical] is [code]true[/code]. + </theme_item> + </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerExtension.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerExtension.xml index 46783de275..ab4bcfd17c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerExtension.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerExtension.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_data" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="r_buffer" type="uint8_t*" /> <param index="1" name="r_bytes" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="r_received" type="int32_t*" /> @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_get_partial_data" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="r_buffer" type="uint8_t*" /> <param index="1" name="r_bytes" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="r_received" type="int32_t*" /> @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_put_data" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="p_data" type="const uint8_t*" /> <param index="1" name="p_bytes" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="r_sent" type="int32_t*" /> @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_put_partial_data" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="int" /> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <param index="0" name="p_data" type="const uint8_t*" /> <param index="1" name="p_bytes" type="int" /> <param index="2" name="r_sent" type="int32_t*" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTLS.xml index 9d21b91416..d1ddb3d441 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTLS.xml @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="StreamPeerSSL" inherits="StreamPeer" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="StreamPeerTLS" inherits="StreamPeer" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - SSL stream peer. + TLS stream peer. </brief_description> <description> - SSL stream peer. This object can be used to connect to an SSL server or accept a single SSL client connection. + TLS stream peer. This object can be used to connect to an TLS server or accept a single TLS client connection. [b]Note:[/b] When exporting to Android, make sure to enable the [code]INTERNET[/code] permission in the Android export preset before exporting the project or using one-click deploy. Otherwise, network communication of any kind will be blocked by Android. </description> <tutorials> - <link title="SSL certificates">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> + <link title="TLS certificates">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="accept_stream"> @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ <param index="2" name="for_hostname" type="String" default="""" /> <param index="3" name="valid_certificate" type="X509Certificate" default="null" /> <description> - Connects to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] [param stream]. If [param validate_certs] is [code]true[/code], [StreamPeerSSL] will validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the [param for_hostname]. + Connects to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] [param stream]. If [param validate_certs] is [code]true[/code], [StreamPeerTLS] will validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the [param for_hostname]. [b]Note:[/b] Specifying a custom [param valid_certificate] is not supported in Web exports due to browsers restrictions. </description> </method> @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="get_status" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" enum="StreamPeerSSL.Status" /> + <return type="int" enum="StreamPeerTLS.Status" /> <description> Returns the status of the connection. See [enum Status] for values. </description> @@ -63,19 +63,19 @@ </members> <constants> <constant name="STATUS_DISCONNECTED" value="0" enum="Status"> - A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] that is disconnected. + A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] that is disconnected. </constant> <constant name="STATUS_HANDSHAKING" value="1" enum="Status"> - A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] during handshaking. + A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] during handshaking. </constant> <constant name="STATUS_CONNECTED" value="2" enum="Status"> - A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] that is connected to a host. + A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] that is connected to a host. </constant> <constant name="STATUS_ERROR" value="3" enum="Status"> - A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] in error state. + A status representing a [StreamPeerTLS] in error state. </constant> <constant name="STATUS_ERROR_HOSTNAME_MISMATCH" value="4" enum="Status"> - An error status that shows a mismatch in the SSL certificate domain presented by the host and the domain requested for validation. + An error status that shows a mismatch in the TLS certificate domain presented by the host and the domain requested for validation. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml index d9c19a0c86..8656cde4a0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml @@ -97,6 +97,13 @@ Sets the default value of the specified [enum Side] to [param offset] pixels. </description> </method> + <method name="set_default_margin_all"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="offset" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the default margin to [param offset] pixels for all sides. + </description> + </method> <method name="test_mask" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="point" type="Vector2" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml index c4024fa4b5..7f6628f8ee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml @@ -81,16 +81,6 @@ Sets the corner radius to [param radius] pixels for all corners. </description> </method> - <method name="set_corner_radius_individual"> - <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="radius_top_left" type="int" /> - <param index="1" name="radius_top_right" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="radius_bottom_right" type="int" /> - <param index="3" name="radius_bottom_left" type="int" /> - <description> - Sets the corner radius for each corner to [param radius_top_left], [param radius_top_right], [param radius_bottom_right], and [param radius_bottom_left] pixels. - </description> - </method> <method name="set_expand_margin"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> @@ -106,16 +96,6 @@ Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for all margins. </description> </method> - <method name="set_expand_margin_individual"> - <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="size_left" type="float" /> - <param index="1" name="size_top" type="float" /> - <param index="2" name="size_right" type="float" /> - <param index="3" name="size_bottom" type="float" /> - <description> - Sets the expand margin for each margin to [param size_left], [param size_top], [param size_right], and [param size_bottom] pixels. - </description> - </method> </methods> <members> <member name="anti_aliasing" type="bool" setter="set_anti_aliased" getter="is_anti_aliased" default="true"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml index 7db70e630d..aeba777b43 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml @@ -30,16 +30,6 @@ Sets the expand margin to [param size] pixels for all margins. </description> </method> - <method name="set_expand_margin_individual"> - <return type="void" /> - <param index="0" name="size_left" type="float" /> - <param index="1" name="size_top" type="float" /> - <param index="2" name="size_right" type="float" /> - <param index="3" name="size_bottom" type="float" /> - <description> - Sets the expand margin for each margin to [param size_left], [param size_top], [param size_right], and [param size_bottom] pixels. - </description> - </method> <method name="set_expand_margin_size"> <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Side" /> @@ -56,6 +46,13 @@ Sets the margin to [param size] pixels for the specified [enum Side]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_margin_size_all"> + <return type="void" /> + <param index="0" name="size" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the margin to [param size] pixels for all sides. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="axis_stretch_horizontal" type="int" setter="set_h_axis_stretch_mode" getter="get_h_axis_stretch_mode" enum="StyleBoxTexture.AxisStretchMode" default="0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml index aa7ce85f3a..0905c0c20b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ <member name="caret_blink" type="bool" setter="set_caret_blink_enabled" getter="is_caret_blink_enabled" default="false"> Sets if the caret should blink. </member> - <member name="caret_blink_speed" type="float" setter="set_caret_blink_speed" getter="get_caret_blink_speed" default="0.65"> + <member name="caret_blink_interval" type="float" setter="set_caret_blink_interval" getter="get_caret_blink_interval" default="0.65"> Duration (in seconds) of a caret's blinking cycle. </member> <member name="caret_mid_grapheme" type="bool" setter="set_caret_mid_grapheme_enabled" getter="is_caret_mid_grapheme_enabled" default="true"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml index aad83211f5..0db16b491d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="index" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="fonts" type="Array" /> + <param index="2" name="fonts" type="RID[]" /> <param index="3" name="size" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="opentype_features" type="Dictionary" default="{}" /> <description> @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="text" type="String" /> - <param index="2" name="fonts" type="Array" /> + <param index="2" name="fonts" type="RID[]" /> <param index="3" name="size" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="opentype_features" type="Dictionary" default="{}" /> <param index="5" name="language" type="String" default="""" /> @@ -1624,6 +1624,10 @@ Break the line between any unconnected graphemes. </constant> <constant name="BREAK_ADAPTIVE" value="8" enum="LineBreakFlag" is_bitfield="true"> + Should be used only in conjunction with [constant BREAK_WORD_BOUND], break the line between any unconnected graphemes, if it's impossible to break it between the words. + </constant> + <constant name="BREAK_TRIM_EDGE_SPACES" value="16" enum="LineBreakFlag" is_bitfield="true"> + Remove edge spaces from the broken line segments. </constant> <constant name="VC_CHARS_BEFORE_SHAPING" value="0" enum="VisibleCharactersBehavior"> Trims text before the shaping. e.g, increasing [member Label.visible_characters] or [member RichTextLabel.visible_characters] value is visually identical to typing the text. diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml b/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml index 23eb25dc10..4886bf0757 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextServerExtension.xml @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="index" type="int" /> - <param index="2" name="fonts" type="Array" /> + <param index="2" name="fonts" type="RID[]" /> <param index="3" name="size" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="opentype_features" type="Dictionary" /> <description> @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="shaped" type="RID" /> <param index="1" name="text" type="String" /> - <param index="2" name="fonts" type="Array" /> + <param index="2" name="fonts" type="RID[]" /> <param index="3" name="size" type="int" /> <param index="4" name="opentype_features" type="Dictionary" /> <param index="5" name="language" type="String" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml index e76c696021..54eb83297d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml @@ -207,6 +207,13 @@ Returns if a layer Y-sorts its tiles. </description> </method> + <method name="local_to_map" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i" /> + <param index="0" name="local_position" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Returns the map coordinates of the cell containing the given [param local_position]. If [param local_position] is in global coordinates, consider using [method Node2D.to_local] before passing it to this method. See also [method map_to_local]. + </description> + </method> <method name="map_pattern"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <param index="0" name="position_in_tilemap" type="Vector2i" /> @@ -216,12 +223,12 @@ Returns for the given coordinate [param coords_in_pattern] in a [TileMapPattern] the corresponding cell coordinates if the pattern was pasted at the [param position_in_tilemap] coordinates (see [method set_pattern]). This mapping is required as in half-offset tile shapes, the mapping might not work by calculating [code]position_in_tile_map + coords_in_pattern[/code] </description> </method> - <method name="map_to_world" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="map_to_local" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <param index="0" name="map_position" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns a local position of the center of the cell at the given tilemap (grid-based) coordinates. - [b]Note:[/b] This doesn't correspond to the visual position of the tile, i.e. it ignores the [member TileData.texture_offset] property of individual tiles. + Returns the centered position of a cell in the TileMap's local coordinate space. To convert the returned value into global coordinates, use [method Node2D.to_global]. See also [method local_to_map]. + [b]Note:[/b] This may not correspond to the visual position of the tile, i.e. it ignores the [member TileData.texture_offset] property of individual tiles. </description> </method> <method name="move_layer"> @@ -344,13 +351,6 @@ Paste the given [TileMapPattern] at the given [param position] and [param layer] in the tile map. </description> </method> - <method name="world_to_map" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2i" /> - <param index="0" name="world_position" type="Vector2" /> - <description> - Returns the tilemap (grid-based) coordinates corresponding to the given local position. - </description> - </method> </methods> <members> <member name="cell_quadrant_size" type="int" setter="set_quadrant_size" getter="get_quadrant_size" default="16"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Time.xml b/doc/classes/Time.xml index cdbe30c444..1abe017a4d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Time.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Time.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <return type="Dictionary" /> <param index="0" name="utc" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Returns the current date as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], and [code]dst[/code] (Daylight Savings Time). + Returns the current date as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], and [code]weekday[/code]. The returned values are in the system's local time when [param utc] is [code]false[/code], otherwise they are in UTC. </description> </method> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ <return type="Dictionary" /> <param index="0" name="utc" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Returns the current date as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], and [code]second[/code]. + Returns the current date as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], [code]second[/code], and [code]dst[/code] (Daylight Savings Time). </description> </method> <method name="get_datetime_dict_from_unix_time" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml b/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml index 14aa72b80c..18b4f9e6f9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform3D.xml @@ -141,14 +141,6 @@ This can be seen as transforming with respect to the local frame. </description> </method> - <method name="spherical_interpolate_with" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Transform3D" /> - <param index="0" name="xform" type="Transform3D" /> - <param index="1" name="weight" type="float" /> - <description> - Returns a transform spherically interpolated between this transform and another by a given [param weight] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0). - </description> - </method> <method name="translated" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform3D" /> <param index="0" name="offset" type="Vector3" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tree.xml b/doc/classes/Tree.xml index bf66d9f12a..f6a078602c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tree.xml @@ -558,12 +558,6 @@ <theme_item name="updown" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> The updown arrow icon to display for the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_RANGE] mode cell. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="bg" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> - Default [StyleBox] for the [Tree], i.e. used when the control is not being focused. - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="bg_focus" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> - [StyleBox] used when the [Tree] is being focused. - </theme_item> <theme_item name="button_pressed" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used when a button in the tree is pressed. </theme_item> @@ -582,6 +576,12 @@ <theme_item name="custom_button_pressed" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell when it's pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="focus" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> + The focused style for the [Tree], drawn on top of everything. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="panel" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> + The background style for the [Tree]. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="selected" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [Tree] is not being focused. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tween.xml b/doc/classes/Tween.xml index c7fc78c1d3..5186972477 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tween.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tween.xml @@ -36,9 +36,18 @@ tween.tween_property(sprite, "position", Vector2(0, 0), 1) [/codeblock] In the example above, all children of a node are moved one after another to position (0, 0). + You should avoid using more than one [Tween] per object's property. If two or more tweens animate one property at the same time, the last one created will take priority and assign the final value. If you want to interrupt and restart an animation, consider assigning the [Tween] to a variable: + [codeblock] + var tween + func animate(): + if tween: + tween.kill() # Abort the previous animation. + tween = create_tween() + [/codeblock] Some [Tweener]s use transitions and eases. The first accepts a [enum TransitionType] constant, and refers to the way the timing of the animation is handled (see [url=https://easings.net/]easings.net[/url] for some examples). The second accepts an [enum EaseType] constant, and controls where the [code]trans_type[/code] is applied to the interpolation (in the beginning, the end, or both). If you don't know which transition and easing to pick, you can try different [enum TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that looks best. [url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url] [b]Note:[/b] All [Tween]s will automatically start by default. To prevent a [Tween] from autostarting, you can call [method stop] immediately after it is created. + [b]Note:[/b] [Tween]s are processing after all of nodes in the current frame, i.e. after [method Node._process] or [method Node._physics_process] (depending on [enum TweenProcessMode]). </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml b/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml index b933fb2805..c60d15d9c9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ <theme_item name="autohide" data_type="constant" type="int" default="1"> Boolean value. If 1 ([code]true[/code]), the grabber will hide automatically when it isn't under the cursor. If 0 ([code]false[/code]), it's always visible. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="minimum_grab_thickness" data_type="constant" type="int" default="6"> + The minimum thickness of the area users can click on to grab the splitting line. If [theme_item separation] or [theme_item grabber]'s thickness are too small, this ensure that the splitting line can still be dragged. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="separation" data_type="constant" type="int" default="12"> The space between sides of the container. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml index 2197947126..e1852340c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml @@ -212,6 +212,13 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the vector is normalized, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> + <method name="is_zero_approx" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if this vector's values are approximately zero, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_zero_approx] on each component. + This method is faster than using [method is_equal_approx] with one value as a zero vector. + </description> + </method> <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml index 150d53845c..1ef84050cd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml @@ -180,6 +180,13 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the vector is normalized, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> + <method name="is_zero_approx" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if this vector's values are approximately zero, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_zero_approx] on each component. + This method is faster than using [method is_equal_approx] with one value as a zero vector. + </description> + </method> <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector4.xml b/doc/classes/Vector4.xml index b9f509cfe7..fdc93f82ec 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector4.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector4.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ <return type="Vector4" /> <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector4i" /> <description> - Constructs a new [Vector4] from [Vector4i]. + Constructs a new [Vector4] from the given [Vector4i]. </description> </constructor> <constructor name="Vector4"> @@ -141,6 +141,13 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the vector is normalized, i.e. its length is equal to 1. </description> </method> + <method name="is_zero_approx" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if this vector's values are approximately zero, by running [method @GlobalScope.is_zero_approx] on each component. + This method is faster than using [method is_equal_approx] with one value as a zero vector. + </description> + </method> <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector4i.xml b/doc/classes/Vector4i.xml index 9a36c3c4fa..3eea93ce1f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector4i.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector4i.xml @@ -1,8 +1,11 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="Vector4i" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> + Vector used for 4D math using integer coordinates. </brief_description> <description> + 4-element structure that can be used to represent 4D grid coordinates or sets of integers. + It uses integer coordinates. See [Vector4] for its floating-point counterpart. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -10,18 +13,21 @@ <constructor name="Vector4i"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Constructs a default-initialized [Vector4i] with all components set to [code]0[/code]. </description> </constructor> <constructor name="Vector4i"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Constructs a [Vector4i] as a copy of the given [Vector4i]. </description> </constructor> <constructor name="Vector4i"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="from" type="Vector4" /> <description> + Constructs a new [Vector4i] from the given [Vector4]. </description> </constructor> <constructor name="Vector4i"> @@ -31,6 +37,7 @@ <param index="2" name="z" type="int" /> <param index="3" name="w" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a [Vector4i] with the given components. </description> </constructor> </constructors> @@ -38,6 +45,7 @@ <method name="abs" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Returns a new vector with all components in absolute values (i.e. positive). </description> </method> <method name="clamp" qualifiers="const"> @@ -45,56 +53,72 @@ <param index="0" name="min" type="Vector4i" /> <param index="1" name="max" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Returns a new vector with all components clamped between the components of [param min] and [param max], by running [method @GlobalScope.clamp] on each component. </description> </method> <method name="length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <description> + Returns the length (magnitude) of this vector. </description> </method> <method name="length_squared" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the squared length (squared magnitude) of this vector. This method runs faster than [method length]. </description> </method> <method name="max_axis_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the axis of the vector's highest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant AXIS_X]. </description> </method> <method name="min_axis_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the axis of the vector's lowest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant AXIS_W]. </description> </method> <method name="sign" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Returns a new vector with each component set to one or negative one, depending on the signs of the components, or zero if the component is zero, by calling [method @GlobalScope.sign] on each component. </description> </method> </methods> <members> <member name="w" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + The vector's W component. Also accessible by using the index position [code][3][/code]. </member> <member name="x" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + The vector's X component. Also accessible by using the index position [code][0][/code]. </member> <member name="y" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + The vector's Y component. Also accessible by using the index position [code][1][/code]. </member> <member name="z" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + The vector's Z component. Also accessible by using the index position [code][2][/code]. </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="AXIS_X" value="0"> + Enumerated value for the X axis. Returned by [method max_axis_index] and [method min_axis_index]. </constant> <constant name="AXIS_Y" value="1"> + Enumerated value for the Y axis. Returned by [method max_axis_index] and [method min_axis_index]. </constant> <constant name="AXIS_Z" value="2"> + Enumerated value for the Z axis. Returned by [method max_axis_index] and [method min_axis_index]. </constant> <constant name="AXIS_W" value="3"> + Enumerated value for the W axis. Returned by [method max_axis_index] and [method min_axis_index]. </constant> <constant name="ZERO" value="Vector4i(0, 0, 0, 0)"> + Zero vector, a vector with all components set to [code]0[/code]. </constant> <constant name="ONE" value="Vector4i(1, 1, 1, 1)"> + One vector, a vector with all components set to [code]1[/code]. </constant> </constants> <operators> @@ -102,6 +126,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the vectors are not equal. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator %"> @@ -120,94 +145,130 @@ <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Multiplies each component of the [Vector4i] by the components of the given [Vector4i]. + [codeblock] + print(Vector4i(10, 20, 30, 40) * Vector4i(3, 4, 5, 6)) # Prints "(30, 80, 150, 240)" + [/codeblock] </description> </operator> <operator name="operator *"> <return type="Vector4" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="float" /> <description> + Multiplies each component of the [Vector4i] by the given [float]. + Returns a Vector4 value due to floating-point operations. + [codeblock] + print(Vector4i(10, 20, 30, 40) * 2) # Prints "(20, 40, 60, 80)" + [/codeblock] </description> </operator> <operator name="operator *"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="int" /> <description> + Multiplies each component of the [Vector4i] by the given [int]. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator +"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Adds each component of the [Vector4i] by the components of the given [Vector4i]. + [codeblock] + print(Vector4i(10, 20, 30, 40) + Vector4i(3, 4, 5, 6)) # Prints "(13, 24, 35, 46)" + [/codeblock] </description> </operator> <operator name="operator -"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Subtracts each component of the [Vector4i] by the components of the given [Vector4i]. + [codeblock] + print(Vector4i(10, 20, 30, 40) - Vector4i(3, 4, 5, 6)) # Prints "(7, 16, 25, 34)" + [/codeblock] </description> </operator> <operator name="operator /"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Divides each component of the [Vector4i] by the components of the given [Vector4i]. + [codeblock] + print(Vector4i(10, 20, 30, 40) / Vector4i(2, 5, 3, 4)) # Prints "(5, 4, 10, 10)" + [/codeblock] </description> </operator> <operator name="operator /"> <return type="Vector4" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="float" /> <description> + Divides each component of the [Vector4i] by the given [float]. + Returns a Vector4 value due to floating-point operations. + [codeblock] + print(Vector4i(10, 20, 30, 40) / 2 # Prints "(5, 10, 15, 20)" + [/codeblock] </description> </operator> <operator name="operator /"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="int" /> <description> + Divides each component of the [Vector4i] by the given [int]. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator <"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Compares two [Vector4i] vectors by first checking if the X value of the left vector is less than the X value of the [param right] vector. If the X values are exactly equal, then it repeats this check with the Y values of the two vectors, Z values of the two vectors, and then with the W values. This operator is useful for sorting vectors. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator <="> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Compares two [Vector4i] vectors by first checking if the X value of the left vector is less than or equal to the X value of the [param right] vector. If the X values are exactly equal, then it repeats this check with the Y values of the two vectors, Z values of the two vectors, and then with the W values. This operator is useful for sorting vectors. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator =="> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the vectors are exactly equal. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator >"> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Compares two [Vector4i] vectors by first checking if the X value of the left vector is greater than the X value of the [param right] vector. If the X values are exactly equal, then it repeats this check with the Y values of the two vectors, Z values of the two vectors, and then with the W values. This operator is useful for sorting vectors. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator >="> <return type="bool" /> <param index="0" name="right" type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Compares two [Vector4i] vectors by first checking if the X value of the left vector is greater than or equal to the X value of the [param right] vector. If the X values are exactly equal, then it repeats this check with the Y values of the two vectors, Z values of the two vectors, and then with the W values. This operator is useful for sorting vectors. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator []"> <return type="int" /> <param index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> + Access vector components using their [param index]. [code]v[0][/code] is equivalent to [code]v.x[/code], [code]v[1][/code] is equivalent to [code]v.y[/code], [code]v[2][/code] is equivalent to [code]v.z[/code], and [code]v[3][/code] is equivalent to [code]v.w[/code]. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator unary+"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Returns the same value as if the [code]+[/code] was not there. Unary [code]+[/code] does nothing, but sometimes it can make your code more readable. </description> </operator> <operator name="operator unary-"> <return type="Vector4i" /> <description> + Returns the negative value of the [Vector4i]. This is the same as writing [code]Vector4i(-v.x, -v.y, -v.z, -v.w)[/code]. This operation flips the direction of the vector while keeping the same magnitude. </description> </operator> </operators> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanParameter.xml index 59b331aed2..47dae17dba 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanParameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeBooleanParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A boolean uniform to be used within the visual shader graph. + A boolean parameter to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform bool[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorParameter.xml index 5ca96dc285..0cc2285ed4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorParameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeColorUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeColorParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A [Color] uniform to be used within the visual shader graph. + A [Color] parameter to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform vec4[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubemapUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubemapParameter.xml index 3f6addd16a..d0d3c79d03 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubemapUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubemapParameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeCubemapUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeCubemapParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A [Cubemap] uniform node to be used within the visual shader graph. + A [Cubemap] parameter node to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform samplerCube[/code] in the shader language. The output value can be used as port for [VisualShaderNodeCubemap]. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFloatUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFloatParameter.xml index 1616964edb..c0fd88294a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFloatUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFloatParameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeFloatUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeFloatParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A scalar float uniform to be used within the visual shader graph. + A scalar float parameter to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform float[/code] in the shader language. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ <member name="default_value_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_default_value_enabled" getter="is_default_value_enabled" default="false"> Enables usage of the [member default_value]. </member> - <member name="hint" type="int" setter="set_hint" getter="get_hint" enum="VisualShaderNodeFloatUniform.Hint" default="0"> + <member name="hint" type="int" setter="set_hint" getter="get_hint" enum="VisualShaderNodeFloatParameter.Hint" default="0"> A hint applied to the uniform, which controls the values it can take when set through the inspector. </member> <member name="max" type="float" setter="set_max" getter="get_max" default="1.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIntParameter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIntParameter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70335b0c77 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIntParameter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeIntParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <members> + <member name="default_value" type="int" setter="set_default_value" getter="get_default_value" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="default_value_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_default_value_enabled" getter="is_default_value_enabled" default="false"> + </member> + <member name="hint" type="int" setter="set_hint" getter="get_hint" enum="VisualShaderNodeIntParameter.Hint" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="max" type="int" setter="set_max" getter="get_max" default="100"> + </member> + <member name="min" type="int" setter="set_min" getter="get_min" default="0"> + </member> + <member name="step" type="int" setter="set_step" getter="get_step" default="1"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="HINT_NONE" value="0" enum="Hint"> + </constant> + <constant name="HINT_RANGE" value="1" enum="Hint"> + </constant> + <constant name="HINT_RANGE_STEP" value="2" enum="Hint"> + </constant> + <constant name="HINT_MAX" value="3" enum="Hint"> + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIntUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIntUniform.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c83bdb5ad6..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIntUniform.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeIntUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> - <brief_description> - A scalar integer uniform to be used within the visual shader graph. - </brief_description> - <description> - Translated to [code]uniform int[/code] in the shader language. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <members> - <member name="default_value" type="int" setter="set_default_value" getter="get_default_value" default="0"> - A default value to be assigned within the shader. - </member> - <member name="default_value_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_default_value_enabled" getter="is_default_value_enabled" default="false"> - Enables usage of the [member default_value]. - </member> - <member name="hint" type="int" setter="set_hint" getter="get_hint" enum="VisualShaderNodeIntUniform.Hint" default="0"> - A hint applied to the uniform, which controls the values it can take when set through the inspector. - </member> - <member name="max" type="int" setter="set_max" getter="get_max" default="100"> - Minimum value for range hints. Used if [member hint] is set to [constant HINT_RANGE] or [constant HINT_RANGE_STEP]. - </member> - <member name="min" type="int" setter="set_min" getter="get_min" default="0"> - Maximum value for range hints. Used if [member hint] is set to [constant HINT_RANGE] or [constant HINT_RANGE_STEP]. - </member> - <member name="step" type="int" setter="set_step" getter="get_step" default="1"> - Step (increment) value for the range hint with step. Used if [member hint] is set to [constant HINT_RANGE_STEP]. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - <constant name="HINT_NONE" value="0" enum="Hint"> - No hint used. - </constant> - <constant name="HINT_RANGE" value="1" enum="Hint"> - A range hint for scalar value, which limits possible input values between [member min] and [member max]. Translated to [code]hint_range(min, max)[/code] in shader code. - </constant> - <constant name="HINT_RANGE_STEP" value="2" enum="Hint"> - A range hint for scalar value with step, which limits possible input values between [member min] and [member max], with a step (increment) of [member step]). Translated to [code]hint_range(min, max, step)[/code] in shader code. - </constant> - <constant name="HINT_MAX" value="3" enum="Hint"> - Represents the size of the [enum Hint] enum. - </constant> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParameter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParameter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c66022f77d --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParameter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + A base type for the parameters within the visual shader graph. + </brief_description> + <description> + A parameter represents a variable in the shader which is set externally, i.e. from the [ShaderMaterial]. Parameters are exposed as properties in the [ShaderMaterial] and can be assigned from the inspector or from a script. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <members> + <member name="parameter_name" type="String" setter="set_parameter_name" getter="get_parameter_name" default=""""> + Name of the parameter, by which it can be accessed through the [ShaderMaterial] properties. + </member> + <member name="qualifier" type="int" setter="set_qualifier" getter="get_qualifier" enum="VisualShaderNodeParameter.Qualifier" default="0"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="QUAL_NONE" value="0" enum="Qualifier"> + </constant> + <constant name="QUAL_GLOBAL" value="1" enum="Qualifier"> + </constant> + <constant name="QUAL_INSTANCE" value="2" enum="Qualifier"> + </constant> + <constant name="QUAL_MAX" value="3" enum="Qualifier"> + Represents the size of the [enum Qualifier] enum. + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParameterRef.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParameterRef.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b2801183ed --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeParameterRef.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeParameterRef" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + A reference to an existing [VisualShaderNodeParameter]. + </brief_description> + <description> + Creating a reference to a [VisualShaderNodeParameter] allows you to reuse this parameter in different shaders or shader stages easily. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <members> + <member name="parameter_name" type="String" setter="set_parameter_name" getter="get_parameter_name" default=""[None]""> + The name of the parameter which this reference points to. + </member> + </members> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayParameter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayParameter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2afaa8e219 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayParameter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayUniform.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f8ba796c2e..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayUniform.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeTexture2DArrayUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> - <brief_description> - </brief_description> - <description> - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DParameter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DParameter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5049a63a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture2DParameter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeTexture2DParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Provides a 2D texture parameter within the visual shader graph. + </brief_description> + <description> + Translated to [code]uniform sampler2D[/code] in the shader language. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture3DParameter.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture3DParameter.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ad4de9a22 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture3DParameter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeTexture3DParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> + <brief_description> + Provides a 3D texture parameter within the visual shader graph. + </brief_description> + <description> + Translated to [code]uniform sampler3D[/code] in the shader language. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture3DUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture3DUniform.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 365c7db02e..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture3DUniform.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeTexture3DUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> - <brief_description> - Provides a 3D texture uniform within the visual shader graph. - </brief_description> - <description> - Translated to [code]uniform sampler3D[/code] in the shader language. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter.xml index 9014f79f54..ad21c4e990 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> Performs a uniform texture lookup within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <members> - <member name="color_default" type="int" setter="set_color_default" getter="get_color_default" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.ColorDefault" default="0"> + <member name="color_default" type="int" setter="set_color_default" getter="get_color_default" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter.ColorDefault" default="0"> Sets the default color if no texture is assigned to the uniform. </member> - <member name="texture_filter" type="int" setter="set_texture_filter" getter="get_texture_filter" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.TextureFilter" default="0"> + <member name="texture_filter" type="int" setter="set_texture_filter" getter="get_texture_filter" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter.TextureFilter" default="0"> Sets the texture filtering mode. See [enum TextureFilter] for options. </member> - <member name="texture_repeat" type="int" setter="set_texture_repeat" getter="get_texture_repeat" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.TextureRepeat" default="0"> + <member name="texture_repeat" type="int" setter="set_texture_repeat" getter="get_texture_repeat" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter.TextureRepeat" default="0"> Sets the texture repeating mode. See [enum TextureRepeat] for options. </member> - <member name="texture_type" type="int" setter="set_texture_type" getter="get_texture_type" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.TextureType" default="0"> + <member name="texture_type" type="int" setter="set_texture_type" getter="get_texture_type" enum="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter.TextureType" default="0"> Defines the type of data provided by the source texture. See [enum TextureType] for options. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniformTriplanar.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureParameterTriplanar.xml index 72082ef04d..2b019e08d5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniformTriplanar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureParameterTriplanar.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniformTriplanar" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameterTriplanar" inherits="VisualShaderNodeTextureParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> Performs a uniform texture lookup with triplanar within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformParameter.xml index 60678c09e5..92aadc4d7c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformParameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeTransformParameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A [Transform3D] uniform for use within the visual shader graph. + A [Transform3D] parameter for use within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform mat4[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 58d194e9d4..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeUniform" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> - <brief_description> - A base type for the uniforms within the visual shader graph. - </brief_description> - <description> - A uniform represents a variable in the shader which is set externally, i.e. from the [ShaderMaterial]. Uniforms are exposed as properties in the [ShaderMaterial] and can be assigned from the inspector or from a script. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <members> - <member name="qualifier" type="int" setter="set_qualifier" getter="get_qualifier" enum="VisualShaderNodeUniform.Qualifier" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="uniform_name" type="String" setter="set_uniform_name" getter="get_uniform_name" default=""""> - Name of the uniform, by which it can be accessed through the [ShaderMaterial] properties. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - <constant name="QUAL_NONE" value="0" enum="Qualifier"> - </constant> - <constant name="QUAL_GLOBAL" value="1" enum="Qualifier"> - </constant> - <constant name="QUAL_INSTANCE" value="2" enum="Qualifier"> - </constant> - <constant name="QUAL_MAX" value="3" enum="Qualifier"> - Represents the size of the [enum Qualifier] enum. - </constant> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4b12c6e649..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeUniformRef" inherits="VisualShaderNode" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> - <brief_description> - A reference to an existing [VisualShaderNodeUniform]. - </brief_description> - <description> - Creating a reference to a [VisualShaderNodeUniform] allows you to reuse this uniform in different shaders or shader stages easily. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <members> - <member name="uniform_name" type="String" setter="set_uniform_name" getter="get_uniform_name" default=""[None]""> - The name of the uniform which this reference points to. - </member> - </members> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec2Uniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec2Parameter.xml index 4ad6279475..19cf1baa86 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec2Uniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec2Parameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeVec2Uniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeVec2Parameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A [Vector2] uniform to be used within the visual shader graph. + A [Vector2] parameter to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform vec2[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Parameter.xml index f712c89463..17d4b31d1a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Parameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeVec3Parameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A [Vector3] uniform to be used within the visual shader graph. + A [Vector3] parameter to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform vec3[/code] in the shader language. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Constant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Constant.xml index ed3d8a673d..ddd2f38fb9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Constant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Constant.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="VisualShaderNodeVec4Constant" inherits="VisualShaderNodeConstant" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A 4D vector (represented as a [Quaternion]) constant to be used within the visual shader graph. + A 4D vector constant to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> - A constant 4D vector (represented as a [Quaternion]), which can be used as an input node. + A constant 4D vector, which can be used as an input node. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Uniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Parameter.xml index 5bd13a440b..0e9e7c6b6f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Uniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec4Parameter.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VisualShaderNodeVec4Uniform" inherits="VisualShaderNodeUniform" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeVec4Parameter" inherits="VisualShaderNodeParameter" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - A 4D vector (represented as a [Quaternion]) uniform to be used within the visual shader graph. + A 4D vector parameter to be used within the visual shader graph. </brief_description> <description> Translated to [code]uniform vec4[/code] in the shader language. @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <members> - <member name="default_value" type="Quaternion" setter="set_default_value" getter="get_default_value" default="Quaternion(0, 0, 0, 1)"> + <member name="default_value" type="Vector4" setter="set_default_value" getter="get_default_value" default="Vector4(0, 0, 0, 0)"> A default value to be assigned within the shader. </member> <member name="default_value_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_default_value_enabled" getter="is_default_value_enabled" default="false"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VoxelGI.xml b/doc/classes/VoxelGI.xml index ba4995a5fb..394611b78f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VoxelGI.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VoxelGI.xml @@ -32,6 +32,9 @@ </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="camera_attributes" type="CameraAttributes" setter="set_camera_attributes" getter="get_camera_attributes"> + The [CameraAttributes] resource that specifies exposure levels to bake at. Auto-exposure and non exposure properties will be ignored. Exposure settings should be used to reduce the dynamic range present when baking. If exposure is too high, the [VoxelGI] will have banding artifacts or may have over-exposure artifacts. + </member> <member name="data" type="VoxelGIData" setter="set_probe_data" getter="get_probe_data"> The [VoxelGIData] resource that holds the data for this [VoxelGI]. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/World3D.xml b/doc/classes/World3D.xml index 56a662d062..f3c7136075 100644 --- a/doc/classes/World3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/World3D.xml @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ <link title="Ray-casting">$DOCS_URL/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> <members> - <member name="camera_effects" type="CameraEffects" setter="set_camera_effects" getter="get_camera_effects"> + <member name="camera_attributes" type="CameraAttributes" setter="set_camera_attributes" getter="get_camera_attributes"> + The default [CameraAttributes] resource to use if none set on the [Camera3D]. </member> <member name="direct_space_state" type="PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D" setter="" getter="get_direct_space_state"> Direct access to the world's physics 3D space state. Used for querying current and potential collisions. diff --git a/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml b/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml index ed8f0b9a04..5255179bb8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ <link title="Third Person Shooter Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678</link> </tutorials> <members> - <member name="camera_effects" type="CameraEffects" setter="set_camera_effects" getter="get_camera_effects"> - The [CameraEffects] resource used by this [WorldEnvironment], defining the default properties. This [CameraEffects] resource will be used by all [Camera3D]s that do not define their own [CameraEffects]. + <member name="camera_attributes" type="CameraAttributes" setter="set_camera_attributes" getter="get_camera_attributes"> + The default [CameraAttributes] resource to use if none set on the [Camera3D]. </member> <member name="environment" type="Environment" setter="set_environment" getter="get_environment"> The [Environment] resource used by this [WorldEnvironment], defining the default properties. diff --git a/doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml b/doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml index d8f54d0ec5..37b202a513 100644 --- a/doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml +++ b/doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="X509Certificate" inherits="Resource" version="4.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="../class.xsd"> <brief_description> - An X509 certificate (e.g. for SSL). + An X509 certificate (e.g. for TLS). </brief_description> <description> The X509Certificate class represents an X509 certificate. Certificates can be loaded and saved like any other [Resource]. - They can be used as the server certificate in [method StreamPeerSSL.accept_stream] (along with the proper [CryptoKey]), and to specify the only certificate that should be accepted when connecting to an SSL server via [method StreamPeerSSL.connect_to_stream]. + They can be used as the server certificate in [method StreamPeerTLS.accept_stream] (along with the proper [CryptoKey]), and to specify the only certificate that should be accepted when connecting to an TLS server via [method StreamPeerTLS.connect_to_stream]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> |